Human Factors and Ergonomics - Industrial Engineering and Manufacturing by Katharine Bale

Catalog no. CATHFI

US VERSION

The following sectional catalogs are available from CRC Press. For a copy, please contact your local representative or CRC Press office. Agricultural and Life Sciences Catalog no. CATAGL • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3864-9

Biomedical Science and Engineering Catalog no. CATBMS • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3866-3

Business, Management and Public Administration Catalog no. CATBMP • ISBN: 978-0-8493-9175-0

Chemistry and Chemical Engineering Catalog no. CATSPC • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3867-0

Civil and Mechanical Engineering Catalog no. CATMCE • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3880-9

Computer Science and Information Technology Catalog no. CATITB • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3878-6

Electrical Engineering Catalog no. CATEEC • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3869-4

Environmental Science and Engineering Catalog no. CATEVE • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3874-8

Food Science and Nutrition

Taylor & Francis Group Pioneers in Publishing Grounded in a century-long tradition of publishing excellence, CRC Press Taylor & Francis continues to provide our world with the resources needed to promote human progress and meet the challenges that might stand in the way of that progress. Producers of printed handbooks, textbooks, tutorials, and field guides, as well as e-books, online libraries, and interactive databases, CRC Press is a full service print and electronic publisher committed to recording the accomplishments and supporting the work of the world’s leading practitioners and researchers. It’s no coincidence that many of the issues in today’s headlines read like a list of CRC new releases… from five or even ten years ago. Just as it’s never been a coincidence that the fields of inquiry our authors pursue today often bear the greatest fruit tomorrow. Whether its advancing agriculture yield, improving infrastructure, developing clean and green alternatives, retrofitting industry, reorganizing healthcare, securing our homeland, streamlining public administration, or defining just who we are and where we are going, CRC has the resources and references to turn students into professionals and leaders, researchers into innovators and pioneers. In the classroom, in the laboratory, and out in the field, wherever challenges are being met by research, ingenuity, and determination, you will find those who create and rely on the authoritative content that is the power of CRC Press.

INVITATION TO AUTHORS

Catalog no. CATFSN • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3876-2

If you have an idea for a book or a manuscript in progress relevant to any scientific, technical, or business discipline, CRC Press is interested. Please visit our authors Web site at www.crcpress.com/authors for more information, or contact:

Forensic Science, Law Enforcement, and Homeland Security

John Lavender, Senior VP Publishing 561-994-0555 • john.lavender@taylorandfrancis.com

Catalog no. CATFSC • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3877-9

Human Factors and Ergonomics / Industrial Engineering and Manufacturing

To order, visit us online at

Catalog no. CATHFI • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3875-5

Mathematics and Statistics Catalog no. CATMTS • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3879-3

Nanoscience and Technology / CleanTech Catalog no. CATMSN • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3885-4

Physics / Materials Science Catalog no. CATPHY • ISBN: 978-0-8493-9176-7

Or contact us via the following numbers: North & South America: From inside the US: Phone: 1-800-272-7737 Fax: 1-800-374-3401 Outside the US: Phone: 1-561-994-0555 Fax: 1-561-361-6018 Rest of the World Bookpoint Tel: +44 (0)1235 400400 • Fax: +44 (0)1235 400401

Product Listings Ergonomics & Human Factors General Ergonomics References.......................................................................................................................3 Aviation Human Factors.....................................................................................................................................5 Cognitive Engineeering & Decision Making......................................................................................................7 Ergonomics & Psychology.................................................................................................................................9 Human Computer Interaction..........................................................................................................................10 Human Performance Modeling........................................................................................................................11 Product Design................................................................................................................................................16 Work Design....................................................................................................................................................20 Occupational Health & Safety Industrial Hygiene............................................................................................................................................23 Occupational Safety........................................................................................................................................27 Industrial Engineering General Industrial Engineering References.....................................................................................................33 Facility Management.......................................................................................................................................36 Health Systems Engineering...........................................................................................................................38 Operations Research.......................................................................................................................................41 Plant Engineering............................................................................................................................................46 Production Systems.........................................................................................................................................52 Project Management........................................................................................................................................53

Human Factors & Ergonomics / Industrial Engineering & Manufacturing â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 2009

Table of Contents

Quality Control & Reliability.............................................................................................................................59 Systems Engineering.......................................................................................................................................64 Manufacturing General Manufacturing References.................................................................................................................67 Lean Manufacturing.........................................................................................................................................69 Machining & Metalworking..............................................................................................................................76 Management....................................................................................................................................................80 Manufacturing & Processing...........................................................................................................................82 Micro- & Nano- Manufacturing........................................................................................................................87 Packaging........................................................................................................................................................88 Pharmaceutical Manufacturing........................................................................................................................90 Textile Manufacturing.......................................................................................................................................91 Title Index...............................................................................................................................................................95 Author Index...........................................................................................................................................................95 Sales Agents........................................................................................................................................................102 Order Form...........................................................................................................................................................104 Ordering Information / Call for Authors........................................................................................ Inside Back Cover

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 1

12/19/08 10:21:18 AM

For more information and a complete list

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 2

12/19/08 10:21:18 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m General References

Textbook

Ergonomics for Beginners Jan Dul

Rotterdam School of Mgmt., Erasmus University, The Netherlands

Bernard Weerdmeester

Hogeschool Utrecht, University of Applied Science, The Netherlands

Textbook

Ergonomics Laboratory Exercises Timothy Joseph Gallwey and Leonard O’Sullivan University of Limerick, Ireland

This third edition retains all the features that made each previous edition a bestseller in its own right. The authors meticulously revised the book to address rapid developments in information and communications technology. They offer advice on topics such as wireless, remote, and hands-free controls, web site design, mobile interaction, and virtual offices. They also provide a list of 171 published ISO standards. In their trademark, eloquent style, the authors explain the application of a human-centered approach to the design, testing, and evaluation of work systems by considering the interrelated set of physical, cognitive, social, organizational, and other relevant human factors.

Taking an application-oriented approach, these exercises encourage students to apply rigorous analyses to collected data and then provide results through formal professional reports. The book contains nearly three dozen exercises covering workplace environment, work analysis, information processing, physiological issues, and systems evaluations. Some are pencil and paper exercises; some are stopwatch studies; some require special laboratory equipment; and others are field exercises. The book supplies technical background on each topic and provides equipment needs, experimental design, and data sheets, as well as guidance on analysis and detailed instructions on report writing.

Catalog no. 77511, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7751-3 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 160 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $29.95 / £15.99

Catalog no. 67362, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6736-1 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 216 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $49.95 / £27.99

Ergonomics for Rehabilitation Professionals

Expert Witnessing and Scientific Testimony

Edited by

Kenneth S. Cohen

General References

A Quick Reference Guide, Third Edition

Surviving in the Courtroom

Shrawan Kumar

University of North Texas, Fort Worth, USA

This book presents a new approach to rehabilitation that integrates ergonomics concepts to address the wide range of problems commonly encountered by professionals. The first section discusses general concepts such as anthropometry and tissue mechanics. The next section explores whole body biomechanics, demonstrating the ergonomic effects of physiological and biomechanical factors. The third section focuses on regional biomechanics, explaining the rationale for ergonomic intervention. The final section of the text offers a detailed discussion of the ergonomic paradigm in rehabilitation, including the use of physical demands analysis. Catalog no. 8146, ISBN: 978-0-8493-8146-1 April 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 728 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £60.99

Consulting Health Services (Retired), El Cajon, California, USA

Based on the author’s more than 30 years of experience as a litigation witness, this book demonstrates how to present scientific testimony and survive the onslaught of cross-examination in court. It supplies introductory material, case studies, and critical observation, providing the necessary foundation for professionals and nonprofessionals to present facts and address pitfalls associated with the subjective nature of expert witnessing. Offering critical observations and judicial opinions, the book presents several exemplary civil, criminal, medical malpractice, and workers compensation cases. The author also includes his personal advice and tips on the business of expert witnessing. Catalog no. 55038, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5503-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 272 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 3

12/19/08 10:21:19 AM

For more information and a complete list

Textbook

A Guide to Human Factors and Ergonomics Second Edition Martin Helander

General References

Nanyang Technological University, Singapore

The latest edition of A Guide to Human Factors and Ergonomics presents a systems approach to human factors and ergonomics that leads to complete understanding. Building on the foundation of the first edition, titled Guide to Ergonomics of Manufacturing, the new title reflects the expanded range of coverage and applicability of the techniques found in this second edition. Unlike most ergonomics and human factors books that emphasize the physical, this one gives a broad overview of cognitive as well as physical ergonomics. Drawing on the author’s experience in both teaching and industry, the book lays to rest the common myths and misconceptions that surround ergonomics. Catalog no. TF1485, ISBN: 978-0-415-28248-2 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 408 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $83.95 / £46.99

Handbook of Standards and Guidelines in Ergonomics and Human Factors

International Encyclopedia of Ergonomics and Human Factors Second Edition, Two-Volume Set Edited by

Waldemar Karwowski

University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA

The International Encyclopedia of Ergonomics and Human Factors is a truly comprehensive reference guide to the professional world of ergonomics. The text presents a unified source of reliable, accessible information from the many realms of science and technology contributing to our knowledge of design for human use. It includes human characteristics, performance-related factors, display and control design, work design and organization, health and safety, social and economic issues, and a large reference of methods and techniques. It also reviews applications, tools, and many innovative concepts related to ergonomic research. Catalog no. TF1638, ISBN: 978-0-415-30430-6 2006, 8-1/2 x 11, 3728 pp. Suggested Price: $899.00 / £499.00

Also Available on CD-ROM! This easy-to-use, simply formatted CD mirrors the print version, making the information printable and exportable. Catalog no. 9244, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9244-3 Suggested Price: $899.00 / £499.00

Edited by

Waldemar Karwowski

University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA Series: Human Factors and Ergonomics

A comprehensive review of international and national standards and guidelines, this handbook covers standardization efforts, anthropometry and working postures, designing manual material, human-computer interaction, occupational health and safety, legal protection, military human factor standards, and sources for human factors and ergonomics standards. The book delineates the role that standards and guidelines play in facilitating the design and optimal working conditions in regards to occupational safety and health as well as system performance in the context of technological advances and opportunities for economic development worldwide.

International Encyclopedia of Ergonomics and Human Factors Second Edition, Print and CD-ROM

This set includes the full encyclopedia both in print and on CD-ROM. Catalog no. 9211, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9211-5 2006, 8-1/2 x 11, Two-Volumes and CD Suggested Price: $1295.00 / £682.00

Catalog no. ER8424, ISBN: 978-0-8058-4129-9 2006, 7 x 10, 648 pp. Suggested Price: $199.95 / £111.00

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 4

12/19/08 10:21:20 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Human Factors Engineering and Ergonomics

Textbook

Stephen J. Guastello

R.S. Bridger

Comprehensive in breadth and depth of coverage, this book emphasizes concept and systems thinking and how the allocation of function between the human and the machine has changed as a result of technological advances. Addressing a wide range of human factors and ergonomics principles, the text focuses on conventional machines and workspace design, artificial life, environmental design, work in outer space, and stress and work performance. A separate chapter on accident analysis and prevention reviews the effectiveness of safety programs. The authors give readers the tools to creatively apply the concepts to new problems, and photographs illustrate real systems in operation.

A comprehensive introduction to the field, this book contains more than 20 worked examples of ergonomic problem solving and an Instructor’s Manual with solutions to more than 200 problems. The book can be used to learn about ergonomics in a variety of ways, depending on the goals of the reader. It provides a general introduction to the field and study sections that delve deeper into special topics. The exercise can be used as lecture material, exam questions, or both, and the Instructor’s Manual contains advice on lab classes and demonstrations. The author’s approach is based on a professional model in which specialized skills are backed up by general knowledge of the profession.

Catalog no. ER8923, ISBN: 978-0-8058-5006-2 2007, 7 x 10, 312 pp. Suggested Price: $62.95 / £34.99

Catalog no. 7306, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7306-0 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 808 pp. Suggested Price: $69.95 / £38.99

Occupational Ergonomics Reference Library

Aircraft System Safety

General References / Aviation Human Factors

Textbook

Introduction to Ergonomics

A Systems Approach

Third Edition

Marquette University, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA

Edited by

Hants, UK

William S. Marras

The Ohio State University, Columbus, USA

Military and Civil Aeronautical Applications

Waldemar Karwowski

Edited by

University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA

Duane Kritzinger

Marshall Aerospace, Cambridge, UK

This very special purchase option brings together the International Encyclopedia of Ergonomics and Human Factors, Second Edition, both in print and on CD-ROM, and the two-volume Occupational Ergonomics Handbook. These outstanding resources form a complete library that no ergonomics or safety professional can afford to be without. The editors have brought together researchers from a wide range of disciplines with practitioners in industry to cover a diverse list of ergonomics topics. One of the most comprehensive sources for ergonomic knowledge available, providing both sound theory and practical examples, this set is a valuable resource for anyone in the field.

Providing a foundation for understanding this dynamic and evolving field, this book explores methods for developing large transport aircraft systems. It describes safety criteria, including objective targets which can be achieved or monitored and outlines the methods involved in auditing arguments. The author discusses system integration and how best to argue a system’s integrity. He covers the practical aspects of safety, such as integrating safety assessment into a product’s design and life cycle and meeting stakeholder expectations. The book pulls together a wealth of ideas, concepts, tools, and approaches to concisely present the theory of safety in a useful reference guide.

Catalog no. 9213, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9213-9 Suggested Price: $1100.00 / £611.00

Catalog no. WP9012, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9012-8 2007, 6 x 9, 350 pp. Suggested Price: $249.95 / £139.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 5

12/19/08 10:21:20 AM

For more information and a complete list Handbook of Aviation Human Factors Second Edition Edited by

Daniel J. Garland SA Technologies, Inc.

John A. Wise

Honeywell International, Phoenix, Arizona, USA

V. David Hopkin

Aviation Human Factors

Peatmoor, Hants, UK

Series: Human Factors in Transportation

Completely revised and updated, Handbook of Avian Human Factors, Second Edition includes new topics such as security and human error issues, FAA suggestions and new requirements, passenger satisfaction and risk analysis factors, and crew resource management issues and team work. It contains expanded information on standard subjects including human capabilities and performance, aircraft and flight simulation, air traffic control issues, operations and intelligent avionics, and forensic aviation and accident analysis. The book is suitable as a text for a course in Aviation Human Factors and a reference for professionals in the field. Catalog no. ER590X, ISBN: 978-0-8058-5906-5 June 2009, 7 x 10, 712 pp. Suggested Price: $149.95 / £89.00

Human Factors in Simulation and Training

Human Performance Modeling in Aviation Edited by

David C. Foyle and Becky L. Hooey NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, California, USA

Based on the research activities of the six-year NASA human performance modeling project, this book provides an in-depth look at cognitive modeling of human operators for aviation problems. This book presents specific solutions to aviation safety problems and explores methods for integrating human performance modeling into the aviation design process. The text compares the application of five different models to two classes of aviation problems: pilot navigation errors during airport taxi operations and approach and landing performance with synthetic vision systems. This results in a comprehensive summary of the capabilities of each model and of the field in general. Catalog no. ER9640, ISBN: 978-0-8058-5964-5 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 392 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £44.99

Principles and Practice of Aviation Psychology Edited by

Pamela S. Tsang

Wright State University, Dayton, Ohio, USA

Edited by

Dennis A. Vincenzi, John A. Wise, Mustapha Mouloua, and Peter A. Hancock

Michael A. Vidulich

A complete examination of issues and concepts relating to human factors in simulation, this book covers theory and application in space, ships, submarines, naval aviation, and commercial aviation. The authors develop and expand on concepts in simulator usage particularly specific characteristics and issues of simulation and their effect on the validity and functionality of simulators as a training device. The chapters contain in depth discussions of these particular characteristics and issues. They also incorporate theories pertaining to the motivational aspects of training, simulation of social events, and PC-based simulation.

With coverage ranging from the history of aviation to actual pilot actions and tasks today, this book brings together a wonderful set of contributors who are leaders in this field. It presents psychological principles and research pertinent to the interface between a pilot and the cockpit. Understanding the cognitive demands and the capabilities and limitations of the pilot has important implications on the selection and training of pilots and display/control designs in the cockpit. The book emphasizes the scientific methods of achieving this understanding together with the view that theories and principles of human behavior would have much to learn from practical problems and applied studies.

Catalog no. 72838, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7283-9 January 2009, 7 x 10, 453 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Air Force Research Laboratory Series: Human Factors in Transportation

Catalog no. ER6412, ISBN: 978-0-8058-3390-4 2003, 6 x 9, 624 pp. Suggested Price: $83.95 / £46.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 6

12/19/08 10:21:21 AM

Applications of Cognitive Work Analysis

Canine Ergonomics

Edited by

Ann M. Bisantz

University at Buffalo, New York, USA

The Science of Working Dogs

Catherine M. Burns

William S. Helton

Despite continued interest in Cognitive Work Analysis (CWA) there is no up-to-date book in the area and none which comprehensively documents the use of these methods in real-world applications. This is a critical shortcoming, as more cognitive engineers and human factors professionals seek to use CWA methods in their own work. This book demonstrates how these often complicated methods can be applied in complex, real-world design contexts, subject to constraints of cost, time, and information. It shows how, when, and where CWA techniques can be integrated into the systems engineering design process and provides concrete evidence for the value that the CWA approach provides.

Currently the scientific literature on working dogs is scattered across several disciplines, from forensics to all of the life sciences and on through to medicine, psychology, security, and wildlife biology. This volume draws together research from experts in all these fields to focus on dogs as working agents and as models for developmental psychologists and includes contributions from actual handlers working in field settings. It covers a wide range of current and potential tasks, explores ergonomic and cognitive aspects, and covers personality traits and behavioral assessments of working dogs. The book unifies different perspectives to define the field of Canine Ergonomics.

Catalog no. ER151X, ISBN: 978-0-8058-6151-8 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 370 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Catalog no. 79913, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7991-3 April 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 400 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada

Auditory Processing and Mental Workloads Carryl L. Baldwin

Michigan Technological University, Houghton, USA

The Cognitive Artifacts of Designing Willemien Visser

George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia, USA

The French National Research Institute for Computer Science

Broad in scope, this book thoroughly examines the intersection of auditory processing and mental workload requirements, highlighting the information processing demands of auditory signals. The author provides background information before going on the explore methodologies and design issues. He provides extensive coverage of audition in human factors, cognitive aspects of auditory processing related to attention, working memory, speech and decision making, auditory processing changes associated with aging, and the impact of advanced auditory displays. The text draws together work from a vast array of disparate fields to create an interdisciplinary resource on auditory perception.

In this dynamic review and synthesis of empirical research and theoretical discussion of design as cognitive activity, Willemien Visser reconciles and integrates the classical view of design, as conceptualized by Herbert Simon’s symbolic information processing approach, with modern views of design such as the situativity approach, as formulated by Donald Schön. The author develops her own view on design, in which design is most appropriately characterized as a construction of representations. She lays the groundwork for the integration of design research and cognitive science. This seemingly simple framework has implications that set the stage for this mutually beneficial integration.

Catalog no. TF1738, ISBN: 978-0-415-32594-3 June 2009 Suggested Price: $119.95 / £72.99

Catalog no. ER8794, ISBN: 978-0-8058-5511-1 2007, 6 x 9, 280 pp. Suggested Price: $93.95 / £51.99

Also Available in Soft Cover

Cognitive Engineering and Decision Making

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 7

12/19/08 10:21:22 AM

For more information and a complete list

Cognitive Engineering and Decision Making

Display and Interface Design

Subtle Science, Exact Art

Human Factors of Visual and Cognitive Performance in Driving

Kevin B. Bennett and John M. Flach

Candida Castro

The reason that good interfaces are few and far between is really quite simple: they are extremely difficult to design and build properly. While there are many books available that address display design, most of them focus on aesthetic principles but lack scientific rigor, or are descriptive but not prescriptive. This book elucidates an overarching framework for design applicable to the broad spectrum of existing domains. The authors delineate analytical tools and principles of design that are general and powerful, but very abstract, accompanied by concrete examples of their use in a variety of domains. The book includes access to a web site containing examples of the dynamic properties of displays.

Written clearly and concisely, using jargon-free language that is easily understood, this book compresses research from the past few decades into an accessible resource. It focuses on the concrete cognitive processes of driving, specifically, information acquisition and information processing. The authors delineate the theory, practice, and application of human factors knowledge and psychology theories to explain human errors when acquiring information from the road environment. The book provides “applied” content on highway engineering, new technologies, vehicles, signage, VMS, safety, and information about the human factors of errors, situation awareness, workload, and fatigue.

Catalog no. 6438X, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6438-4 July 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 408 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

Catalog no. 55305, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5530-6 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 266 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Wright State University, Dayton, Ohio, USA

Universidad de Granada, Spain

Distraction

Theory, Effects, and Mitigation Edited by

Michael A. Regan

French National Institute for Transport and Safety Research (INRETS), Lyon, France / Monash University, Accident Research Centre, Melbourne, Australia

Maintaining Safe Mobility in an Aging Society

John D. Lee

David W. Eby, Lisa J. Molnar, and Paula S. Kartje

University of Iowa, USA

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA

Kristie Young

Series: Human Factors in Transportation

A practical resource for understanding, preventing, and managing driver distraction, this book outlines the underlying theory of distraction, its effects on driving performance and safety, strategies for mitigating its effects, and directions for future research. It also brings together the wide array of literature on the topic into one all-inclusive volume. The book reviews the full range of distracting activities that occur while driving and recommends ways to manage distraction through enhanced data collection and analysis, driver education and training, driver licensing, legislation and enforcement, vehicle design, road design, company policies, and future research.

As the baby-boomer generation ages, the amount of senior drivers will increase exponentially, leading to complex concerns regarding traffic safety and mobility for older adults. This groundbreaking work is a complete resource for those providing services to seniors and those responsible for transportation policy. It takes a hard look at the skills related to safe driving and how they can be compromised by aging and provides a comprehensive description of assessment practices, issues, and tools. It includes information to help older adults transition from full driving to driving cessation and explores various means by which aging individuals can maintain safe mobility.

Catalog no. 7426, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7426-5 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 672 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £72.99

Catalog no. 64533, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6453-7 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 248 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £44.99

Monash University, Clayton, Victoria, Australia

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 8

12/19/08 10:21:23 AM

Stories of Modern Technology Failures and Cognitive Engineering Successes Arizona State University, Mesa, USA

Psychophysics of Reading in Normal and Low Vision

Frank Durso

Gordon E. Legge

Examining the aftermath of problems with human-technical systems, Stories of Modern Technology Failures and Cognitive Engineering Successes explores the significant efforts of those who have made a positive difference. This book represents a variety of cognitive engineering applications, including training, design, military, transportation, communications, medicine, and emergency response in the nuclear industry. The focus on engineering solutions emphasizes methodology such as knowledge elicitation, laboratory studies, naturalistic observation, usability, and modeling. The book addresses highly complex systems and traditional human-machine interfaces.

Written by a leader in the field, this book discusses the role of vision in reading. The author describes the influence of the physical properties of text on reading performance and the implications for information processing in the visual pathways. He explores different forms of low vision that affect reading, text characteristics that optimize reading, principles underlying the legibility of text, and guidelines for displaying text. Special topics include the role of the magnocellular pathway in reading and dyslexia, Braille reading, and fonts for highway signs. An accompanying CD contains reprints of the seminal series of articles by Gordon E. Legge and colleagues.

Nancy J. Cooke

Texas Tech. University, Lubbock, USA

Ergonomics & Psychology / Human-Computer Interaction

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

University of Minnesota

Catalog no. ER9469, ISBN: 978-0-8058-5671-2 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 136 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $30.95 / £16.99

Ergonomics and Psychology

Catalog no. ER8930, ISBN: 978-0-8058-4328-6 2007, 6 x 9, 248 pp. Suggested Price: $78.95 / £43.99

Context-Aware Computing and SelfManaging Systems

Developments in Theory and Practice

Edited by

Waltenegus Dargie

Technische Universitat, Dresden, Germany

Olexiy Y. Chebykin, Gregory Z. Bedny, and Waldemar Karwowski

Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Studies in Informatics Series, 3

Written by leaders in their respective fields, this book discusses advances in psychology and addresses their applications in practice through ergonomics. The text describes the basic ideas that underpin the most successfully applied approaches in ergonomics, psychology, training, education, and more. It explores the mutual influences of cognitive, ecological, and activity theory approaches and demonstrates the effectiveness of these approaches in ergonomics and industrial/organizational psychology. The book is not restricted to discussions of a single framework of one concept, but supplies an overview of human factors advances in science, education, and technology.

Addressing an emerging topic in computing platforms with broad applications in mobile and pervasive computing, this book presents a comprehensive overview of self-managing networks and contextaware systems and networks. Written by those pioneering the field, this work provides a handbook for researchers working on the designing of such systems. It also serves as a reference for those wishing to get up to speed on context-awareness from the network level to applications in the area of human-computer interaction. Divided into four main parts, the book demonstrates the scope and usefulness of context-aware computing in developing self-managing devices, middleware, networks, and applications.

Catalog no. 67001, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6700-2 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 432 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Catalog no. C7771, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7771-1 March 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 416 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £60.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 9

12/19/08 10:21:23 AM

For more information and a complete list The HumanComputer Interaction Handbook

Fundamentals, Evolving Technologies and Emerging Applications, Second Edition Edited by

The Universal Access Handbook Edited by

Human-Computer Interaction

Constantine Stephanidis

Andrew Sears

University of Maryland, Baltimore County, USA

Institute of Computer Science and University of Crete, Greece

Julie A. Jacko

Series: Human Factors and Ergonomics, 1

Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, USA Series: Human Factors and Ergonomics

Exploring the evolution in how people use and work with technology, this second edition captures the most important scientific and technical know-how in the field. With contributions from over 130 researchers and professionals, over 5,500 references, 400 figures, and 100 tables, the book provides a wealth of data and a fresh perspective. New topics and authors ensure the revision contains new information and insights and the latest in research and practice. It features cutting-edge advances to the scientific knowledge base and visionary perspectives and developments that will fundamentally transform the way in which researchers and practitioners view the discipline. Catalog no. ER9314, ISBN: 978-0-8058-5870-9 2008, 8-1/2 x 11, 1384 pp. Suggested Price: $149.95 / £85.00

Written by leading international authorities drawn from academic, research, and industrial organizations and non-market institutions, The Universal Access Handbook provides a comprehensive and multidisciplinary overview of the field. The book discusses how to systematically apply universal design principles to information technologies. It presents the historical roots of universal access through the progressive discussion of complementary approaches to the accessibility of interactive applications and services. Reviewing current perspectives and trends, the text also includes examples, case studies, and best practices in new and emerging applications. Catalog no. ER628X, ISBN: 978-0-8058-6280-5 June 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 744 pp. Suggested Price: $149.95 / £89.00

Also Available in Soft Cover

Four tightly focused references based on The Computer-Human Interaction Handbook

Human-Computer Interaction

Design Issues, Solutions, and Applications 10

Catalog no. 88858, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8885-4 February 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 340 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

Human-Computer Interaction

Designing for Diverse Users and Domains Catalog no. 88874, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8887-8 February 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 240 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

Human-Computer Interaction Development Process

Catalog no. 88904, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8890-8 February 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 320 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

Human-Computer Interaction Fundamentals Catalog no. 88815, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8881-6 February 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 304 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

User Interface Software

Principles and Technologies Manuel Perez-Quinones, Pardha Pyla, and Manas Tungare Virginia Tech, Blacksburg, USA

Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Textbooks in Computing

A timely contribution to the literature of human-computer interaction, this text explains how to build interactive software applying principles from the fields of human-computer interaction, psychology, and software engineering. The book’s primary emphasis is on how to build interactive software, with a secondary emphasis on what makes systems easy to use. It uses several different styles of user interfaces (desktop, mobile, web) to illustrate the principles behind building interactive software, and employs several languages and technologies throughout. The coverage includes new technologies, such as mashups and RSS feeds, and a discussion of social software principles. Catalog no. C8252, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8252-4 June 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 300 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £41.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 10

12/19/08 10:21:24 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Textbook

Christopher D. Wickens and Jason S. McCarley

University of Illinois, Champaign, USA

Mechanics, Modeling, and Musculoskeletal Injuries, Second Edition Andris Freivalds

Penn State University, University Park, USA

Emphasizing the link between theory and application, Applied Attention Theory presents laboratory-based psychological research relevant to a wide range of areas outside of the lab. The book provides an understanding of basic theories such as divide, focused, and selective attention as well as specific application areas, including mental workload measurement, multi-tasking, distracted driving, complex display design, training attention skills, graph design, decision making, education and pedagogy, human-computer interaction, process control, and neuroergonomics. The text offers intuitive descriptions of attentional phenomena and also includes an extensive reference list.

Over the past two decades, the growth in computer-related jobs has led to considerable increase in the number of work-related musculoskeletal disorders in the upper limbs. Now in its second edition, this comprehensive text has been expanded to include recent findings regarding job stressors and a variety of ergonomic solutions. It provides up-to-date research on the biomechanics of the upper limbs and the mechanics of neuromuscular systems. It covers risk factors for various disorders and tools used to identify their causes. Qualified instructors can access a supporting website offering materials such as PowerPoint slides and sample exams and an instructor’s manual with complete solutions.

Catalog no. ER9837, ISBN: 978-0-8058-5983-6 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 248 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $39.95 / £22.99

Catalog no. 91190, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9119-9 July 2009, 7 x 10, 650 pp. Suggested Price: $119.95 / £72.99

Human Performance Modeling

Applied Attention Theory

Biomechanics of the Upper Extremities

Textbook Textbook

Biomechanics and Exercise Physiology

Evaluation of Human Work

Third Edition

Quantitative Modeling

Edited by

Arthur T. Johnson

John R. Wilson and Nigel Corlett

University of Maryland, College Park, USA

University of Nottingham, UK

Copiously illustrated with numerical examples, homework problems, and margin notes, this text covers more than just the fundamentals of exercise physiology, it demonstrates the vast amount of physiological material that can be quantitatively predicted and how to translate this information into applications. Its five sections cover the energetics of exercise, biomechanics, circulation, respiration, and thermoregulation. Tables of values, diagrams, and figures make this book helpful for estimating magnitudes, determining trends, and illustrating concepts. Covering a broad range of material, the author emphasizes quantitative description as much as possible.

Completely revised and updated, Evaluation of Human Work, Third Edition is a compendium of ergonomics methods and techniques that is both broad and deep. The editors have once again brought together world-renowned experts and created a forum for them to introduce their most valued techniques and methods. Almost every chapter has been revised, and several new chapters have been added. The editors place ergonomics methodology in context, and each chapter carefully describes the background to method development and the application of methods and tools. The book is a guide to what ergonomics can offer industry, business, or human service professionals and a reference for practicing ergonomists.

Catalog no. DK5813, ISBN: 978-1-57444-906-8 2007, 7 x 10, 688 pp. Suggested Price: $124.95 / £69.99

Catalog no. TF1312, ISBN: 978-0-415-26757-1 2005, 7 x 10, 1048 pp. Suggested Price: $64.95 / £34.99

Also Available in Soft Cover

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 11

12/19/08 10:21:25 AM

For more information and a complete list “Extra-Ordinary” Ergonomics

How to Accommodate Small and Big Persons, The Disabled and Elderly, Expectant Mothers, and Children

Human Performance Modeling

Karl H.E. Kroemer

Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics Methods Edited by

Series: HFES Issues in Human Factors and Ergonomics Book Series, 4

Neville Stanton, Alan Hedge, Karel Brookhuis, Eduardo Salas, and Hal Hendrick

Underscoring the need for extraordinary ergonomics, this book illustrates various approaches to measuring the characteristics, capabilities, and limitations of those who differ from the norm. An expert in human factors and ergonomics provides the how-tos of designing for people who are smaller, weaker, or bigger, discusses specifically the design for persons with disabilities and the aging population, and covers human factors engineering for expectant mothers and ergonomics for children and teenagers. He explains how to assess and determine abilities and needs and demonstrates how to design tools, homes, and environments to make working space safe and living space easy.

This book delivers an authoritative and practical account of methods that incorporate human capabilities and limitations, environmental factors, human-machine interaction, and other factors into system design. It describes 83 methods in a standardized format, promoting the use of methods that may have formerly been unfamiliar to designers. Each of the six sections covers a specialized field of ergonomics with a representative selection of associated methods. The sections highlight facets of human factors and ergonomics in systems analysis, design, and evaluation. Standard descriptions of methods encourage browsing through several potential methods before tackling a problem.

Catalog no. 3668, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3668-3 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 254 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £42.99

Catalog no. TF1539, ISBN: 978-0-415-28700-5 2005, 7 x 10, 768 pp. Suggested Price: $114.95 / £63.99

VPI & SU, Blacksburgh, Virginia, USA

Handbook of Digital Human Modeling

Research for Applied 12 Ergonomics and Human Factors Engineering Edited by

Vincent G. Duffy

Handbook of Warnings Edited by

Michael S. Wogalter

North Carolina State University

Series: Human Factors and Ergonomics

With an editorial panel that spans the globe, this book provides a wealth of international knowledge and guidelines. Highlighting theory, tools, and methods, it covers applications in advanced manufacturing, aerospace, automotive, data visualization and simulation, defense and military systems, design for impaired mobility, healthcare and medicine, information systems, and product design. The text elucidates tools to help evaluate product and work design while reducing the need for physical prototyping. Additional software and demonstration materials on the CRC Press web site include a never-before-released 220-page step-by-step UGS-Jack help manual developed at Purdue.

A technical discussion that includes theory, research, and application, this book describes warning design standards and guidelines; aspects of law relevant to warnings such as government regulations, case/ trial litigation, and the role of expert testimony in these cases; and international, health/medical, and marketing issues. Broken into thirteen major sections, the chapters cover theory, research, applications, and law, and many different perspectives on topics associated with warnings. The Selected Applications and Case Studies section highlights topics of interest and gives real-world examples of problems and their solutions.

Catalog no. ER564X, ISBN: 978-0-8058-5646-0 January 2009, 7 x 10, 1006 pp. Suggested Price: $149.95 / £83.00

Catalog no. ER8464, ISBN: 978-0-8058-4724-6 2006, 8-1/2 x 11, 864 pp. Suggested Price: $154.95 / £86.00

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 12

12/19/08 10:21:25 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Human Factors in the Maritime Domain Michelle Rita Grech

Human Factors in Lighting

Tim John Horberry

2nd Edition

University of Queensland, Australia

Peter R. Boyce

Thomas Koester

A comprehensive review of the interaction of people and lighting, this second edition of a bestseller provides a better understanding of the research and application implications for considering the effects of light on human performance. Clearly and concisely written, the book supplies practical guidance and the scientific underpinnings of the recommendations given. It covers the fundamentals of light, vision, and the circadian system; the generalities of how lighting affects the ability to work, causes visual discomfort, and influences the perception of spaces and objects; and the specifics of the use of light in different contexts and for different purposes.

Bringing together human factors information from many domains, Human Factors in the Maritime Domain integrates a common body of knowledge into one single volume. It provides the vital background information necessary to acquire a core knowledge base and a much-needed overview of human factors within the maritime domain. The three authors draw on a range of diverse backgrounds including working as a maritime surveyor, transport consultant, human factors lecturer, and mechanical engineer. This combination of human factors knowledge, maritime wisdom, and substantial publication experience results in a book that is effective and practical.

Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Kent, UK

Catalog no. TF2297, ISBN: 978-0-7484-0950-1 2003, 6 x 9, 602 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $78.95 / £43.99

Force Technology, Denmark

Human Performance Modeling

Defence Science and Technology Organisation, Melbourne, Australia

Catalog no. 43412, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4341-9 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 216 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £44.99

Textbook

Human Factors in Simple and Complex Systems Second Edition Robert W. Proctor

Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana, USA

Trisha Van Zandt

Human Performance, Workload, and Awareness Measures Handbook

Second Edition

Ohio State University, Columbus, USA

Valerie J. Gawron

The second edition of a bestseller, this book provides an understanding of the human factors issues often encountered in the design, implementation, and evaluation of products and systems. Emphasizing the close relationship between basic theory and application, the authors offer a framework for the research process and give an integrated view of the current state of knowledge regarding factors that influence human and system performance, examining how these factors can be accommodated in system design. This edition addresses concepts such as situation awareness and highlights topics of interest, with a special focus on computer applications and human-computer interaction.

Human Performance Measures Handbook has long been the foundational reference in its field. Reflecting a wider range and scope, the second edition, newly named Human Performance, Workload, and Awareness Measures Handbook, covers the basics of measurement and provides authoritative summaries of over 100 performance, workload, and situational awareness measures. It includes additional measures of team performance, an expanded glossary of terms, and updated information from journals, books, and reports. This comprehensive handbook offers an overview of measurement issues and presents descriptions, strengths and limitations, data requirements, and references for various measures.

Catalog no. ER411X, ISBN: 978-0-8058-4119-0 2008, 7 x 10, 696 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £46.99

Catalog no. 64495, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6449-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 296 pp. Suggested Price: $59.95 / £33.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 13

12/19/08 10:21:26 AM

For more information and a complete list The Occupational Ergonomics Handbook Lighting for Driving Human Performance Modeling

Roads, Vehicles, Signs, and Signals

Second Edition, Two-Volume Set William S. Marras

The Ohio State University, Columbus, USA

Peter R. Boyce

Waldemar Karwowski

Authored by a lighting and visibility expert, this book explores the crucial role lighting plays in road safety and examines how it could be used more effectively. It explains the thinking and scientific reasoning behind various forms of lighting and analyzes their contribution to the driver’s understanding of real and potential road hazards. The text straightforwardly addresses a wide range of safety factors encountered in real driving situations. It also covers the often-ignored consequences of too much light, such as light trespass and sky glow. The book illustrates how these forms of lighting can be modified to work together to best provide a coherent flow of information to the driver.

Completely revised and updated, the second edition of a bestseller has been expanded into two volumes. The first volume focuses on the needs of professionals and students in their broadly defined areas of occupational ergonomics. It covers the principles of ergonomics in systems design and evaluation and provides a comprehensive approach to the prevention of work-related musculoskeletal disorders. The second volume features systematic applications of ergonomics theories and data in the design and management of industries and businesses. It includes new information on ergonomic design for facility planning, processing and distribution industries, and product design for occupational ergonomics.

Catalog no. 8529, ISBN: 978-0-8493-8529-2 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 371 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £44.99

Fundamentals and Assessment Tools for Occupational Ergonomics

Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Kent, UK

A Systemic-Structural Theory of Activity

Applications to Human 14 Performance and Work Design

University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA

Catalog no. 1937, ISBN: 978-0-8493-1937-2 2006, 7 x 10, 1024 pp. Suggested Price: $144.95 / £79.99

Interventions, Controls, and Applications in Occupational Ergonomics

Gregory Bedny

Catalog no. 1938, ISBN: 978-0-8493-1938-9 2006, 7 x 10, 848 pp. Suggested Price: $144.95 / £79.99

Waldemar Karwowski

Buy the set and save!

Essex County College, Newark, New Jersey, USA University of Central Florida, Orlando, USA

While its importance is widely recognized, the theoretical basis and practical applications of Activity Theory have not yet been firmly established. This book presents the foundations of the systemic-structural theory of human activity. It contains multiple practical examples of systemic-structural theory of activity analyses, including a study of production operations in the manufacturing environment, system safety evaluation, work improvement, equipment design, robot system performance, and design of human/computer interaction tasks in the context of training, efficiency, work motivation, fatigue, personality, and individual style of performance.

Catalog no. 1939, ISBN: 978-0-8493-1939-6 2006, 7 x 10, 1872 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $209.95 / £117.00

Catalog no. 9764, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9764-6 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 526 pp. Suggested Price: $144.95 / £79.99 In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 14

12/19/08 10:21:27 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

A New View of Human Factors and System Safety Sidney W.A. Dekker Series: Human Factors in Transportation

The TWI Workbook Essential Skills for Supervisors

Patrick Graupp and Robert J. Wrona The TWI Institute, Syracuse, New York, USA

Ten Questions about Human Error asks the type of questions frequently posed in incident and accident investigations, people’s own practice, managerial and organizational settings, policymaking, classrooms, Crew Resource Management Training, and error research. In asking these questions and sketching the answers to them, this book show where current thinking is limited and where vocabulary, models, ideas, and notions constrain progress. This volume looks critically at typical answers and compares/contrasts them with current research insights. Each chapter provides directions for new ideas and models that could perhaps better cope with the complexity of the problems facing human error today.

Winner of the 2007 Shingo Prize for Excellence in Manufacturing Research, this text covers Training within Industry (TWI), the production plant methodology that won WWII in the factories. It demonstrates efficient ways to instruct employees on how to perform jobs safely and conscientiously; looks at ways to produce more quality products in less time through the handling of workforce, machines, and materials; and shows how to improve performance with employee relations that preemptively prevent problems. The authors include exercises that can be applied to readers’ own worksites. A companion CD provides forms needed to complete the exercises and implementation case studies.

Catalog no. ER7706, ISBN: 978-0-8058-4745-1 2005, 6 x 9, 240 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $33.95 / £18.99

Catalog no. PP7315, ISBN: 978-1-56327-315-5 2006, 8-1/2 x 11, 224 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $46.95 / £25.99

Workforce Cross Training

Training Within Industry

Human Performance Modeling

Ten Questions About Human Error

Edited by

The Foundation of Lean Donald A. Dinero The Training Within Industry (TWI) program, developed by the US during World War II, has been used by Toyota for decades. The winner of a 2006 Shingo Prize for Excellent in Manufacturing Research, this book elucidates the history and application of TWI. The author explores a crucial piece of a Lean initiative that is often overlooked. He demonstrates how to train employees to perform their tasks as quickly as they are capable with minimal waste, improve their processes using existing resources, solve personnel problems in an analytical, non-emotional manner so that employees stay focused, and develop robust training plans to meet the particular needs of a specific plant. Catalog no. PP7307, ISBN: 978-1-56327-307-0 2005, 6 x 9, 352 pp. Suggested Price: $46.95 / £25.99

David A. Nembhard

Pennsylvania State University, University Park, USA

Many organizations have current or planned programs for cross training employees, yet few concrete guidelines exist for designing these programs effectively. Workforce Cross Training provides an overview of the best practices for workforce cross training, including information on individual and team behavior and performance from a variety of disciplines such as operations management, industrial engineering, and behavioral psychology. This book integrates the history of academic work on cross training with future needs and opportunities. It also presents discussion on the applications of these programs in manufacturing and service industries. Catalog no. 3632, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3632-4 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 352 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 15

12/19/08 10:21:28 AM

For more information and a complete list Design Engineering About: Designing. Analysing Design Meetings Edited by

Janet McDonnell, Peter Lloyd, Rachael Luck, and Fraser Reid

A Manual for Enhanced Creativity W. Ernst Eder

Royal Military College of Canada, Kingston, Ontario

Stanislav Hosnedl

University of West Bohemia, Pilsen, Czech Republic

Product Design

This compilation presents research themes, methods, and findings, making it a significant reference for design researchers and design practitioners interested in further understanding design activity in real-world settings. It presents an analysis of digital video recordings of a series of design meetings on the conceptual stages of a design project. The data were gathered from design meetings taking place as part of naturally occurring design practice, rather than, for example, being gathered through a staged experiment in which the conditions are highly controlled. The book disseminates information from researchers in different disciplines and different fields.

Design Engineering: A Manual for Enhanced Creativity provides a comprehensive and coherent guide to innovative design engineering. Based on more than 25 years of industrial experience, the authors explore the progressive development of a product through the various stages of modeling, from abstract theory to concrete application. They present a pioneering methodology based on a theory of transformation processes, tangible products, and a coordinated theory of design processes. The text features several case examples of practical engineering products that demonstrate how to implement the methodology in real-world practice.

Catalog no. K00102, ISBN: 978-0-415-44058-5 April 2009, 6 x 9, 350 pp. Suggested Price: $124.95 / £69.99

Catalog no. 47655, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4765-3 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 632 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

Textbook

Design of Biomedical Devices and Systems

Design and Emotion Edited by

Second Edition Richard C. Fries

Baxter Healthcare, Round Lake, Illinois, USA

Deana McDonagh, Paul Hekkert, Jeroen van Erp, and Diane Gyi

Paul King

Traditionally, ergonomic approaches to design have concentrated on the user’s physical and cognitive abilities. Currently, there is major investment in design research in the relationship between the user and the product. New approaches take into additional consideration the user’s emotional relationship with their belongings. Design and Emotion outlines the latest developments, findings, and techniques in industrial applications and in research, bringing the reader upto-date with the current thinking in this field. It will prove essential reading for all human factors specialists involved in design.

The design and functional complexity of medical devices have increased over the past 50 years, evolving from cardiac pacemakers to magnetic resonance imaging. Design of Biomedical Devices and Systems provides a comprehensive overview of this area — including topics related to databases, process analysis, and device improvement — from a strong design perspective. Aimed at senior undergraduates, this text covers all aspects of design that must be considered for complex biomedical projects. This new second edition features additional information on device definition and reliability, as well as testing and hardware verification. All chapters are updated to reflect the latest advances in the field.

Catalog no. TF1633, ISBN: 978-0-415-30363-7 2004, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 456 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee, USA

Catalog no. 61798, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6179-6 January 2009, 7 x 10, 424 pp. Suggested Price: $119.95 / £66.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 16

12/19/08 10:21:28 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

A Business Guide to Countering Design Exclusion Simeon Keates

IBM T.J. Watson Research Center, Yorktown Heights, New York, USA Series: Human Factors and Ergonomics

Designing for Situation Awareness An Approach to User-Centered Design, Second Edition Mica R. Endsley

SA Technologies, Marietta, Georgia, USA

A practical guide, this book covers how to design products that offer the right combination of functionality, usability, and accessibility for all consumers. The author articulates why these three elements can make the critical difference in remaining competitive and economically viable over the long term. He provides insightful case studies that illustrate the corporate benefits for designing accessibility, in addition to carefully selected and valuable figures and tables. Demystifying what is involved in designing inclusive products for all users, the book highlights numerous examples for designers, such as creating a tool for Web browsing for older adults and digital television access.

Liberally illustrated with actual design examples, this book demonstrates how people acquire and interpret information and examines the factors that undermine this process. The first edition successfully filled a significant gap in the market, presenting a core set of principles and a methodology for engineers and designers who are seeking to nourish the situation awareness of their system’s users. The second edition significantly expands and updates the examples throughout to include a wider range of domains and increases the coverage of SA design principles and guidelines to include new areas of current development. It translates current research into a usable, applicable method and guidelines.

Catalog no. ER8946, ISBN: 978-0-8058-6096-2 2007, 6 x 9, 184 pp. Suggested Price: $73.95 / £40.99

Catalog no. 63553, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6355-4 July 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 450 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $69.95 / £36.99

Also Available in Soft Cover

Designing for Older Adults

Principles and Creative Human Factors Approaches, Second Edition Wendy A. Rogers, Arthur D. Fisk, Neil Charness, Sara J. Czaja, and Joseph Sharit

Designing Pleasurable Products

Product Design

Designing for Accessibility

An Introduction to the New Human Factors Patrick W. Jordan

The Contemporary Trends Institute, London, UK

Completely updated, this primer on the issues that must be considered when designing systems, products, or environments for older adults translates the wealth of literature on age-related changes in abilities, learning, and performance and how such changes relate to interactions with technology into guidelines that are immediately applicable. It presents the collective views of the authors based on their many years of research in aging. This new edition adds a selection of tutorials that cover general as well as statistical and design-specific information. One such tutorial covers design considerations for multimedia products in general but especially for older adults.

Written by Patrick W. Jordan, a leader in cognitive ergonomics, this landmark resource not only explores usability, but takes the reader beyond it. The author explains how good designs can appeal to the user holistically, leading to products that are a joy to own and use. He examines how human factors are being used more and more in the product design process within commercial manufacturing organizations. The book delineates a practical framework, providing a structured approach to the creation of product design concepts, describes new design and evaluation techniques and established methodologies, such as Kansei Engineering, and includes a prevalidated questionnaire for evaluating designs.

Catalog no. 80555, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8055-1 February 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 232 pp. Suggested Price: $69.95 / £42.99

Catalog no. TF1587, ISBN: 978-0-415-29887-2 2003, 6 x 9, 224 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $52.95 / £29.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 17

12/19/08 10:21:29 AM

For more information and a complete list Handbook of Human Factors in Medical Device Design Designing Usability into Medical Products

Edited by

Matthew Bret Weinger

Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee, USA

Michael E. Wiklund

Daryle Jean Gardner-Bonneau

Stephen B. Wilcox

Michael E. Wiklund

Wiklund Research & Design, Inc., Concord, Massachusetts, USA Design Science, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA

Product Design

Advocating a user-centered approach to medical technology design, this book covers the essential processes and specific techniques necessary to produce safe, effective, usable, and appealing medical systems and products. Written by experts on user-centered research, design, and evaluation, the book provides a range of alternative approaches. Wiklund and Wilcox explore how to make medical devices safe and effective by involving users in the design process. They discuss specific design and evaluation methods and tools, present case studies of user-friendly medical technologies and corporate human factors programs, and supply related resources for medical design professionals. Catalog no. 2843, ISBN: 978-0-8493-2843-5 2005, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 376 pp. Suggested Price: $124.95 / £69.99

Principle, Bonneau and Associates, Portage, Michigan, USA Wiklund Research & Design, Inc., Concord, Massachusetts, USA

Promoting the user-centric design of safe, effective, and usable medical devices, Handbook of Medical Devices Interface Design offers up-to-date information on general and specific design guidelines, each numbered and organized sequentially. A comprehensive guide, this book provides advice on fundamental topics, general human factors principles as well as the design of specific interface elements, specific types of devices, and devices for particular use environments. It includes expanded discussions of design issues, product design case studies, and supporting examples, tables, figures, illustrations. The text contains cross-references that make finding information quick and easy. Catalog no. ER562X, ISBN: 978-0-8058-5627-9 June 2009, 7 x 10, 700 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £78.99

Ergonomics for Children 18

Designing products and places for toddler to teens Edited by

Rani Lueder

Humanics ErgoSystems, Inc., Encino, California, USA

Valerie J. Berg Rice

Handbook of Staircases, Escalators and Moving Walkways M.Y.H. Bangash

Consultant, London, UK

General Ergonomics, University City, Texas, USA

This is a practical manual about child ergonomics written for people who design for, play with, teach, supervise, and protect children. The authors discuss how to create products and environments for toddlers to teenagers that match their capabilities, stimulate their development, promote learning, and keep them healthy and safe. The first resource of its kind, the book provides guidance based on the latest research. Topics include the sensory-motor, physical, cognitive, and psychosocial stages of development and their implications on topics such as handwriting, designing toys, and warnings, as well as creating child-friendly environments at home, at school, on playgrounds, and in public buildings. Catalog no. TF1640, ISBN: 978-0-415-30474-0 2008, 8-1/2 x 11, 984 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

This handbook is a comprehensive guide to the analysis and design of staircases, escalators, and moving walkways. It includes analytical and numerical designs, experimental methods, and assessments of these static and dynamic pathways. Information on escalators and moving walkways include manufacturers’ data and various codified methods such as design loads and materials. The full explanations will assist those involved with designing or detailing complicated staircases and escalators with unusual boundary conditions. The book is useful for contractors when preparing construction drawings and manufacturers for guidance on codes and materials. Catalog no. WH7450, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7450-5 January 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 384 pp. Suggested Price: $259.95

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 18

12/19/08 10:21:30 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Human Factors Issues in Handgun Safety and Forensics Hal W. Hendrick

Medical Instrumentation

Accessibility and Usability Considerations Edited by

Castle Pines Village, Colorado, USA

Jack M. Winters

Paul Paradis

Colorado Springs, Colorado, USA

Marquette University, Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA

Richard J. Hornick

Molly Follette Story

Grounded firmly in science, this volume identifies numerous human factors in handgun design, training, and behavior in unintentional shooting incidents. It provides an overview of the problem with statistics, offers case examples, and details the components and mechanics of handguns and ammunition to reveal safety problems in current designs. The authors stress the importance of safety training, evaluate various safety training programs, and make suggestions for improvement. The book concludes by applying the previous topics to forensic and investigative settings and providing advice for expert witnesses. It comes with an accompanying DVD with hundreds of color photos.

This resource focuses on how usability and accessibility pose problems for designers and users and how to overcome these limitations. Divided into five broad sections, it addresses the nature and extent of the problem by identifying access barriers, human factors, and policy issues focused on the existing infrastructure. The subsequent sections explore tools for usability and accessibility analysis, considerations for design guidelines, and emerging trends and future technologies. The final section presents the results of the recent Workshop on Accessible Interfaces for Medical Instrumentation and outlines key challenges, knowledge gaps, and recommendations.

Catalog no. ER574X, ISBN: 978-0-8058-5742-9 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 248 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Catalog no. 651X, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7165-3 2007, 7 x 10, 474 pp. Suggested Price: $144.95 / £79.99

Human Spectrum Design, LLC, Santa Rosa, California, USA

Product Design

Hornick & Associates, Dana Point, California, USA

Textbook

Introduction to Human Factors and Ergonomics for Engineers Mark R. Lehto

Planning and Design of Control Rooms

Purdue University

James R. Buck

University of Iowa, Iowa City, USA

John Edward Wood

Series: Human Factors and Ergonomics

CCD Design & Ergonomics Ltd., London, UK

A guide to customer-oriented design and operation, this book explores the behavioral, physical, and mathematical foundations of the discipline and how to apply them to improve the human, societal, and economic well-being of systems and organizations. The book provides valuable tools for students and practicing engineers in human-centered design and operation of equipment, work place, and organizations in order to optimize performance, satisfaction, and effectiveness. Covering physical and cognitive ergonomics, the book contains valuable information on safe, effective, enjoyable, and productive design of products and services that require interaction between humans and the environment.

Automation, centralization, and economies of scale have all been drivers in the planning and design of control centers. The special design requirements associated with control room ergonomics have resulted in a multi-part international standard that is currently being written. Planning and Design of Control Rooms is a practical guide on control room design, presenting best practice drawn from various sectors. It explains background to the requirements in the standard and how these can be achieved. With case studies, it also provides coverage of control suite design, control room layout, workstation layout and design, controls and displays, environmental design, evaluation, and audit.

Catalog no. ER9135, ISBN: 978-0-8058-5308-7 2008, 7 x 10, 1000 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Catalog no. 3319, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3319-4 June 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 256 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £60.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 19

12/19/08 10:21:30 AM

For more information and a complete list

Textbook

Product Design / Work Design

Product Design

Practical Methods for the Systematic Development of New Products

Universal and Accessible Design for Products, Services, and Processes

Mike Baxter

Robert F. Erlandson

Systematic and practical in its approach, Product Design: Practical Methods for the Systematic Development of New Products covers the entire new product development process, from market research to product launch. It offers both a structured management framework for product development and an extensive range of specific design methods. Featuring “Design Toolkits” that give practical, step-bystep instructions on systematic design methods, the book aims to turn the often haphazard and unstructured product design process into a quality-controlled, streamlined, and manageable procedure. This major text is ideal for anyone involved in the design of new products for manufacture.

Using clear, approachable examples, Universal and Accessible Design for Products, Services, and Processes defines and differentiates accessible versus universal design and explores their relationship in a broad societal and global context. It focuses on accessible design, including legal mandates, and guidelines from U.S. regulatory and resource agencies. Providing strategies, examples, and applications, it presents universal design principles; explores the expanding conceptualization of universal design; and discusses future directions. After reading this book, readers will be able to apply these principles to their own projects without running afoul of compliance requirements.

Catalog no. NT1138, ISBN: 978-0-7487-4197-7 1995, 7 1/2 x 10, 308 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $67.95 / £37.99

Catalog no. 7493, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7493-7 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 288 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Managing Director, Working Learning Ltd.

Wayne State University, Detroit, Michigan, USA

Textbook

Bodyspace 20

The Semantic Turn A New Foundation for Design

Anthropometry, Ergonomics and the Design of Work, Third Edition Stephen Pheasant

University of Surrey, Guildford, UK

Klaus Krippendorff

Christine M. Haslegrave

An indispensable guide, The Semantic Turn offers designers a foundation on which to state their claims and validate their designs. Written by a recognized designer and distinguished scholar of communication and language use, the book builds a bridge between language/communication theory and human-centered conceptions of contemporary artifacts. Clarifying how the semantic turn differs from other approaches to meaning, the author develops four new theories of how artifacts make sense and presents a series of meaning-sensitive design methods, illustrated by examples, and evaluative techniques that radically depart from the functionalist and technology-centered tradition in design.

This third edition maintains the same content and structure as previous editions, but updates the material and references to account for recent developments in the field, including new research findings and anthropometric surveys. Chapters on Health and Safety and Ergonomics in the Office are substantially revised to include new research, techniques, and changes in legislation that have taken place in recent years. The book includes information on new and revised international standards and regulations; introduces new approaches to risk management and new assessment tools; and offers information on a variety of computer input devices, “hot desking,” and children’s use of computers.

Catalog no. TF1727, ISBN: 978-0-415-32220-1 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 368 pp. Suggested Price: $88.95 / £49.99

Catalog no. TF1531, ISBN: 978-0-415-28520-9 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 352 pp. Suggested Price: $69.95 / £31.99

University of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, USA

University of Nottingham, UK

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 20

12/19/08 10:21:31 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

International Perspectives in Research and Practice Edited by

Stale Einarsen, Helge Hoel, Dieter Zapf, and Cary L. Cooper

Textbook

Fitting the Human

Introduction to Ergonomics, Sixth Edition Karl H.E. Kroemer

VPI & SU, Blacksburgh, Virginia, USA

Over the last decade, research into bullying, emotional abuse, and harassment at work has emerged as a new field of study. Two main academic streams have emerged: a European tradition applying the concept of “mobbing” or “bullying” and the American tradition, primarily identified through concepts such as emotional abuse and mistreatment. Bullying and Emotional Abuse in the Workplace: International Perspectives in Research and Practice documents the existence and consequences of bullying, explores its causes, and investigates the effectiveness of approaches aimed at mitigating and managing the problem. It also offers suggestions for further progress in this important new field.

This latest edition of Fitting the Human provides quick access to the ergonomic information that professionals need when engineering workplaces, machinery, offices, computers, and lighting. Ergonomics guru Karl Kroemer presents detailed knowledge regarding body size, strength, mobility, motivation, perceptions, and acquired skills. He also covers various work demands including shift work. Completely updated and revised, this seminal reference maintains the straightforward style of preceding editions as it describes mental and psychosocial ergonomics in detail. With new figures, graphs, and tables, this perennial bestseller continues to be the first choice for practitioners and students.

Catalog no. TF1264, ISBN: 978-0-415-25359-8 2003, 6-1/4 x 9-1/4, 438 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $164.95 / £92.00

Catalog no. 55399, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5539-9 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 448 pp. Suggested Price: $56.95 / £28.99

Work Design

Bullying and Emotional Abuse in the Workplace

Handbook of Control Room Design and Ergonomics Ergonomics in Developing Regions Needs and Applications Edited by

A Perspective for the Future, Second Edition

Edited by

Toni Ivergard

Rangsit University, Bangkok, Thailand

Patricia Anne Scott

Brian Hunt

Rhodes University, Grahamstown, South Africa

Mahidol University, Bangkok, Thailand

With a panel of authors that reflects the multidisciplinary nature of the field, this book chronicles the nuanced differences in aim, practice, and outcome when ergonomists tackle developing world problems from a developing world perspective. It includes sections on distinctive situations and requirements in developing areas and the dire consequences of not addressing these needs effectively. The chapters provide modified solutions and delineate the difficulties of establishing ergonomics, providing general concepts and specific applications to diverse industries. It covers links to safety and occupational health and economic costs and benefits.

First published two decades ago, the first edition of this bestselling handbook became a benchmark for the field. Addressing developments in the concept of “Control Rooms”, this new edition includes modern approaches that emphasize the role of people in learning for self-development and in shaping their work environments. With more than 20 new chapters and sub-chapters, this second edition adds extensive theoretical background. Taking a holistic view, the authors make a strong argument for integrating the work of the new control centers in the context of society as a whole, including global concerns such as environmental protection, energy conservation, and sustainability.

Catalog no. 79115, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7911-1 May 2009, 7 x 10, 552 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £48.99

Catalog no. 64290, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6429-2 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 384 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £72.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 21

12/19/08 10:21:32 AM

For more information and a complete list

Measuring Workplace Performance Second Edition Michael J. O’Neill

Promotion of Work Ability Towards Productive Aging Edited by

Masaharu Kumashiro

Work Design

Herman Miller, Lake Mills, Wisconsin, USA

University of Occupational and Environmental Health, Kitakyushu, Japan

This book uses a “biological” framework to explore how the design of the work environment can be used as a tool to further business goals and improve individual and group performance. The second edition of a bestseller, it includes many case studies from Fortune 1000 companies and features a section on Six Sigma measurement methods for assessing office workspace effectiveness. The Case Studies demonstrate how office workspace design affects employee performance, and how to use this information to optimize workplace design for individuals and groups. It focuses on the emergence and application of Six-Sigma quality principles and methods in the evaluation and improvement of workspaces.

A collection of papers from the 3rd International Symposium on Work Ability—Promotion of Work Ability towards Productive Aging, this publication delineates the Work Ability Index (WAI) as an index for evaluating work ability. The WAI is used in 25 languages and is becoming an international and multi-cultural technique. This book discusses, from a variety of angles, the goal of developing a tool that can be used internationally, taking into account differences in circumstances among countries, striving towards a common guideline that exceeds national and regional boundaries that can be used for the diagnostic evaluation of work ability and employability.

Catalog no. 5801, ISBN: 978-0-8493-5801-2 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 372 pp. Suggested Price: $97.95 / £54.99

Catalog no. K00067, ISBN: 978-0-415-48590-6 January 2009, 6-3/4 x 9-3/4, 374 pp. Suggested Price: $159.95 / £89.00

Trust Management in Virtual Work Environments

Office Ergonomics Practical Applications Céline McKeown

Link Ergonomics, Nottingham, UK

Moving from theory to practical reality, ergonomics has come of age as a useful tool for generating safe, comfortable, and productive working environments. This book tackles both simple and complex issues, demonstrating how to create offices that accommodate all workers. It contains practical advice on how to maintain an office environment that promotes a healthy, safe, and efficient workforce. The author draws on firsthand experience in many types of offices and dealing with their issues to provide straightforward, easily applicable methods for improving the workplace and reducing the likelihood of workers experiencing discomfort, ill-health, and dissatisfaction. Catalog no. 7975, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7975-8 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 272 pp. Suggested Price: $69.95 / £37.99

A Human Factors Perspective Wieslaw M. Grudzewski, Irena K. Hejduk, Anna Sankowska, and Monika Wantuchowicz Warsaw University of Technology, School of Economics, Poland

Already a significant human factor issue, trust is an especially hot topic in today’s business world, where so much of the contact is virtual. Providing the very first elaboration on this subject, the authors conduct an interdisciplinary investigation into the various facets of trust as they relate to the design and management of virtual business environments. They explore trust between organizations, between business partners, and between employer and employee. Involving theory and practice, this work provides the first scientific and systematic evaluation of global trends and practices regarding trust between people in all aspects of their professional lives. Catalog no. 68903, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6890-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 256 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 22

12/19/08 10:21:32 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Textbook

Air Quality

Industrial Hygiene Evaluation Methods

Thad Godish

Michael S. Bisesi

A perennial bestseller, Air Quality, Fourth Edition provides a comprehensive overview air quality issues, including a better understanding of atmospheric chemistry, the effects of pollution on public health and the environment, and the technology and regulatory practices used to achieve air quality goals. The book contains new sections on toxicological principles and risk assessment; revised discussions on public policy concerns, air quality standards for ozone depletion and global warming, and the health effects of particulate air pollutants; and a glossary of terms, a Web resource guide, and metric/US units conversion tables.

This book introduces basic methods for evaluating work environments in order to detect and measure threatening physical, chemical, and biological agents and hazardous ergonomic factors. It provides concise overviews and descriptions of basic concepts, which are followed by practical technical exercises. These exercises foster the understanding of basic principles and practices for collection, detection, identification, calculation, and interpretation of qualitative and quantitative data. An indispensable tool that illustrates methods fundamental to industrial hygiene practice, this book is just as valuable in the professional’s office as it is in the classroom.

Textbook

Second Edition

Ball State University, Muncie, Indiana, USA

Catalog no. L1586, ISBN: 978-1-56670-586-8 2004, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 480 pp. Suggested Price: $97.95 / £54.99

Medical College of Ohio, Toledo, USA

Industrial Hygiene

4th Edition

Catalog no. L1595, ISBN: 978-1-56670-595-0 2004, 7 x 10, 312 pp. Suggested Price: $124.95 / £69.99

Asbestos

Risk Assessment, Epidemiology, and Health Effects

Building Vulnerability Assessments

Edited by

Ronald F. Dodson

ERI Consulting, Inc., & University of Texas at Tyler, USA

Samuel P. Hammar

Industrial Hygiene and Engineering Concepts Edited by

Diagnostic Specialties Laboratory, Bremerton, Washington, USA

Martha J. Boss and Dennis W. Day

While there are hundreds of books available on many different aspects of asbestos, none contain the encyclopedic, comprehensive coverage found in this book. Edited by leading authorities, with contributions from specialists and leaders in their respective fields, this volume provides a cross-disciplinary approach and an authoritative review of asbestos research. The coverage spans history, pathology, epidemiology, sampling, analysis, and regulatory issues. Offering state-of-the-art data on asbestos exposure and the resultant development of disease, the book provides coverage sufficient for specialists and researchers but also useful for anyone having to deal with asbestos-related problems.

A concise presentation of structural vulnerability issues, this resource focuses on the range of vulnerabilities that can and should be addressed from design implementation through securing a building from intrusion from all types of threats. It aids building owners and operators in quickly determining appropriate risk management both during normal operation and when emergencies occur. The volume explores ventilation systems, the value of sheltering versus evacuation, design options, decontamination methods, and mechanical systems. It also presents summaries of regulations that are used to determine if chemicals create a risk to off-site locations or constitute a homeland security vulnerability.

Catalog no. 2829, ISBN: 978-0-8493-2829-9 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 425 pp. Suggested Price: $159.95 / £89.00

Catalog no. 78348, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7834-3 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 368 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

URS Corporation, Omaha, Nebraska, USA

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 23

12/19/08 10:21:33 AM

For more information and a complete list Environmental Site Assessment Phase I

Industrial Hygiene

Complete Confined Spaces Handbook

Fundamentals, Guidelines, and Regulations, Third Edition

John F. Rekus

Kathleen Hess-Kosa

This book provides plant managers, supervisors, safety professionals, and industrial hygienists with recommended procedures and guidance for safe entry into confined spaces. It reviews selected case histories of confined space accidents, including multiple fatalities, and discusses how a confined space entry program could have prevented them. It outlines the requirements of the OSHA permitentry confined space standard and provides detailed explanations of requirements for lockout/tagout, air sampling, ventilation, emergency planning, and employee training. The book is filled with more than 100 line drawings and more than 150 photographs.

Extensively updated, this third edition provides a valuable guide to the tools and techniques used to perform Phase 1 site assessment. This book elucidates the systematic processes and methods used by leaders in the industry. It also emphasizes the development of an easy-to-follow investigative strategy for in-house assessment. After reviewing the history of the field, legal issues, and important terms, the book discusses physical setting, historic usage, property and area reconnaissance, building materials, and industrial activities associated with a property. It also gives interviewing tips, lists regulatory agencies, and considers unique situations such as wetlands and historical buildings.

John F. Rekus and Associates, Riderwood, Maryland, USA

Catalog no. L487, ISBN: 978-0-87371-487-7 1995, 8-1/2 x 11, 400 pp. Suggested Price: $185.95 / £103.00

Decommissioning and Radioactive Waste Management Edited by

OMEGA Southwest Environmental Consulting, Canyon Lake, Texas, USA

Catalog no. 7966, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7966-6 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 312 pp. Suggested Price: $124.95 / £69.99

Forensic Issues in Alcohol Testing Edited by

Steven B. Karch, MD, FFFLM

A. Rahman

Consultant Cardiac Pathologist & Toxicologist, Berkeley, California, USA

Often perceived as merely the dismantling and demolition of existing facilities, the decommissioning process entails challenging technical issues. Providing a detailed understanding of the issues associated with these processes, this book begins with coverage of radiation, the biological effects of radiation, radiological protection, and statistical methods. It incorporates the whole aspect of decommissioning, project management, safety aspects, environmental impact assessment, decontamination, and dismantling techniques. The last part discusses radioactive waste management including regulatory aspects, treatment and conditioning, storage and transportation, and waste disposal.

Forensic Issues in Alcohol Testing analyzes the acute and chronic effects of alcohol intoxication and methods with which to measure alcohol concentration in blood, urine, and breath testing. It considers variations in acute impairment by detailing the disposition and fate of alcohol in the body and factors influencing absorption, distribution, and elimination. Specific chapters address difficulties in measuring and interpreting post-mortem alcohol concentrations, recent advances in biochemical testing, and the efficacy of tests as evaluators of dependence or potential for dependence. Containing more than 40 tables, the information is extensively referenced and supported by a range of studies.

Catalog no. WH7348, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7348-5 January 2009, 6 x 9, 352 pp. Suggested Price: $49.95

Catalog no. 54457, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5445-3 2008, 7 x 10, 154 pp. Suggested Price: $83.95 / £46.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 24

12/19/08 10:21:34 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Textbook

Dean T. Tompkins and Marty S. Kanarek

University of Wisconsin, Madison, USA

Industrial Hygiene Control of Airborne Chemical Hazards

Eugene C. Cole

William Popendorf

A comprehensive source of data, this book summarizes important chemical, biological, and toxicological information on indoor air contaminants in a technically sound, up-to-date, and useful manner. Arranged alphabetically, the book provides the chemical and physical properties, concentration measurements, lifetimes and fate, reactivity, and health effects of the contaminants covered. It includes the molecular weight, source, and toxicity profile along with information on pertinent measurement instruments and remediation approaches. Molecular diagrams and photomicrographs of affected tissue illustrate the data and concepts discussed in the book.

With coverage of principles applicable both to airborne chemical and biological hazards, this volume explores the physical principles and mechanisms that underlie the generation and dispersion of airborne chemicals within the workplace. The text examines the techniques and tools used by practitioners to control chemical hazards, with each chapter featuring specific learning goals that include key phrases. The author addresses a variety of topics such as source controls, modifying the pathway of exposure, local exhaust ventilation, and personal protection controls. Problems and a solutions manual are included.

Brigham Young University, Provo, Utah, USA

Catalog no. L1613, ISBN: 978-1-56670-613-1 July 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 500 pp. Suggested Price: $149.95 / £89.00

Utah State University, Logan, USA

Industrial Hygiene

Handbook of Indoor Air Contaminants

Catalog no. 9528, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9528-4 2006, 7 x 10, 728 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

Microorganisms in Home and Indoor Work Environments Diversity, Health Impacts, Investigation and Control

Harmonics and Power Systems

Edited by

Brian Flannigan

Francisco De La Rosa

Distribution Control Systems, Inc., Hazelwood, Michigan, USA Series: Electric Power Engineering Series, 13

Addressing one of the most widespread power quality issues, Harmonics and Power Systems provides in-depth discussion of sources, effects, and control of harmonic currents. Illustrated with numerous case studies and worked examples, this book demonstrates the nature of voltage and current waveform distortions and explains their effects in the distribution system from both utility and enduser perspectives. It offers information on harmonic measurement procedures and setup requirements, describing recommended values for harmonic distortion and other related parameters according to international standards, and also analyzes harmonic current propagation in typical distribution systems. Catalog no. 3016, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3016-2 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 208 pp. Suggested Price: $97.95 / £54.99

Napier University, Edinburgh, Scotland

Robert A. Samson

CBS Fungal Biodiversity Centre, Ultrecht, The Netherlands

J. David Miller

Carleton University, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

Microorganisms in Home and Indoor Work Environments provides a comprehensive review of the types of microorganisms in outdoor and indoor air, their growth and control in home and work environments, and their role in allergic respiratory disease and respiratory tract infections, including rhinitis, asthma, tuberculosis, and legionnaires’ disease. In addition, chapters address the twin problems of exposure assessment and identification, discuss the methodology for and conduction of investigations of indoor environments, and provide keys and color illustrations to assist in the identification of almost one hundred mold, yeast, and actinomycete contaminants. Catalog no. TF1320, ISBN: 978-0-415-26800-4 2002, 8-1/2 x 11, 504 pp. Suggested Price: $195.95 / £109.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 25

12/19/08 10:21:34 AM

For more information and a complete list

Nanotechnology Health and Environmental Risks Jo Anne Shatkin

CLF Ventures, Boston, Massachusetts, USA

Industrial Hygiene 26

Series: Perspectives in Nanotechnology

Radiation Risks in Perspective Kenneth L. Mossman

Arizona State University, Tempe, USA

This resource introduces risk analysis as a tool for responsible environmental decision making in nanotechnology development and provides examples of technologies that demonstrate the need for and benefits of evaluating the risks of nanotechnology. In nontechnical language and with full-color images, it presents novel approaches, such as life cycle analysis, exposure assessment, and NANO LCRA, for conducting assessments of nanoscale materials and technologies. The book also examines various methods for managing the risks of nanoscale materials in occupational environments and discusses current international efforts that address the risk issues of nanotechnology.

This lively, highly readable work uses radiological risk as a model to illuminate the fundamental problems and possible solutions to public perception, reaction, and policy when facing health risks posed by radiation. The book discusses the methods used to measure threat, the contextual balancing of cost versus benefit when prioritizing expenditure, and the public’s extremist tendency to push toward zero risk tolerance, which results in a forfeiture of valuable advances in favor of an illusion of safety. Filled with detailed explanations and illustrative case studies, this book clearly articulates the problems in current risk assessment processes and presenting viable management solutions.

Catalog no. 53639, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5363-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 192 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $49.95 / £27.99

Catalog no. 7977, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7977-2 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 207 pp. Suggested Price: $97.95 / £54.99

Principles of Hazardous Materials Management

Radioactive Air Sampling Methods

Second Edition Roger D. Griffin

Mark L. Maiello

Wyeth Research, Pearl River, New York, USA

Griffin Environmental International, Irvine, California, USA

Mark D. Hoover

A comprehensive overview of the field of hazardous materials management, this completely revised second edition covers toxic and hazardous substance and waste; sources, storage, and treatment; transportation; regulatory jurisdictions; emergency response planning; as well as industrial hygiene and worker safety. As in the best-selling first edition, the text provides a basic understanding of the principles involved in each topic discussed, including risk assessment, air toxics, groundwater, management methods, federal laws, waste minimization, toxicology, treatment, transportation, and disposal. The author also explains how the concepts described fit together.

Designed for industrial hygienists, air quality experts, and health physicists, Radioactive Air Sampling Methods presents specific techniques for sampling radioactivity in the air. The authors discuss radionuclides found in nature, develop during industrial operations, and those that appear in the aftermath of a catastrophe, such as as a nuclear reactor release. They detail step-by-step methods for measuring airborne radioactive substances and include information on sensitivity, possible interferences, and safety precautions for each method and provide the tools needed to perform complete safety analyses.

Catalog no. 89706, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8970-7 April 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 248 pp. Suggested Price: $109.95 / £65.99

Morgantown, West Virginia, USA

Catalog no. 9717, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9717-2 June 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 350 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £78.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 26

12/19/08 10:21:35 AM

Biomechanics in Ergonomics

Workplace Drug Testing

Second Edition

Edited by

Steven B. Karch, MD, FFFLM

Edited by

Consultant Cardiac Pathologist & Toxicologist, Berkeley, California, USA

Shrawan Kumar

Using sample protocols from the transportation and nuclear power industries, this book reviews federal regulations for workplace testing programs and demonstrates practical techniques for specimen collection and laboratory testing. It compares workplace testing outside the US including protocols, attitude surveys, and legislation with that of Europe, Australia, and South America. Supported by tables and figures, the author covers analytical approaches for immunoassay and confirmatory testing; scientific information for biological matrices other than urine; procedures for using hair, oral fluid, and sweat; and physiologic considerations when interpreting alternative matrix test results.

Two of the most important goals of ergonomics are the comfort and the health and safety of the working population. Written by leaders in the field, this second edition of Biomechanics in Ergonomics presents thoroughly updated and new material regarding the biomechanics of tissues and organs in the workplace. This text establishes a foundation for the understanding of gross biomechanical loads on the human system at the tissue level. It describes biomechanical risk factors and supplies exposure assessment tools and techniques. Comprehensive in scope, the book is suitable for use by ergonomic engineers and physical therapists and as a textbook for ergonomics courses.

Catalog no. 54481, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5448-4 2008, 7 x 10, 208 pp. Suggested Price: $83.95 / £46.99

Catalog no. 7908, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7908-6 2008, 7 x 10, 744 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Beyond Human Error Taxonomies and Safety Science

University of North Texas, Fort Worth, USA

Corporate Safety Compliance

Industrial Hygiene / Occupational Safety

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

OSHA, Ethics, and the Law

Brendan Wallace

Thomas D. Schneid

University of Glasgow, Scotland

Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, USA

Alastair Ross

University of Strathclyde, Glasgow, Scotland

Series: Occupational Safety & Health Guide

The majority of accidents and incidents are caused, at some level, by human error. This text provides an introduction to this key field as well as a broad background to the subject. Incorporating the sociology of disaster and accidents into a practical framework, it offers a new paradigm for the subject. The authors address the roots of “human error” in the Western tradition and discuss the history of human error studies, human factors, and ergonomics, exploring hidden assumptions that have colored past research. They include current methodologies of experimental design, new paradigms, situated and distributed cognition models, and more useful intervention strategies.

Safety and health professionals face a variety of potential legal and ethical issues. As a result of changing responsibilities and new laws, professionals often find themselves in situations without guidance toward the solutions. This book provides such guidance to legal issues involving OSHA and how to avoid potential legal areas of liability if possible. Tackling safety and ethical issues head on, the text explores the area of criminal liability for individuals and corporations under the OSHA Act and state criminal codes. The author also gives methods to achieve and to maintain OSHA compliance, using specific case studies to illustrate ways to avoid or to minimize the impact of legal issues.

Catalog no. 2718, ISBN: 978-0-8493-2718-6 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 288 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £39.99

Catalog no. 66471, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6647-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 336 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 27

12/19/08 10:21:36 AM

For more information and a complete list

CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety

Effective Safety and Health Training

A. Keith Furr

Barbara M. Hilyer, D. Alan Veasey, Kenneth W. Oldfield, and Lisa Craft McCormick

5th Edition

Occupational Safety

Consultant, Brooksville, Florida, USA

The CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety, Fifth Edition provides information on planning and building a facility, developing an organization infrastructure, planning for emergencies and contingencies, choosing the correct equipment, developing operational plans, and meeting regulatory requirements. It includes OSHA laboratory safety standards, NRC radiation safety standards, guidelines for X-ray use in hospitals, enforcement of standards for dealing with blood-borne pathogens, OSHA actions covering hazardous waste operations and emergency response, and CDC guidelines. Catalog no. 2523, ISBN: 978-0-8493-2523-6 2000, 7 x 10, 808 pp. Suggested Price: $229.95 / £128.00

Definitions, Conversions, and Calculations for Occupational Safety and Health Professionals Third Edition

A nuts-and-bolts book, Effective Safety and Health Training takes readers through the development and delivery of effective safety and health training programs. It covers the process of planning, preparing, delivering and evaluating an adult training session lasting from one to one hundred hours. The authors provide the educational theory and the practical guidelines to train effectively and enjoyably and demonstrate how to motivate trainees so that they will understand and retain the information, enjoy the course, and apply the learning to their work and their lives. The book has been used successfully across a wide range of groups, classes of managerial safety personnel, and industrial hygienists. Catalog no. L1396, ISBN: 978-1-56670-396-3 2000, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 344 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

Handbook of OSHA Construction Safety and Health Second Edition Charles D. Reese

University of Connecticut, Storrs, USA (retired)

Edward W. Finucane

James Vernon Eidson

Since its initial publication in 1993, this book has become a standard reference for safety and health professionals, industrial hygienists, and engineers. This third edition is no exception. The book includes every mathematical relationship, formula, definition, and conversion factor that any OH&S or IH professional is likely to encounter. Based on the professional experience of the author and his colleagues, the sample problems and detailed solutions provide a complete roadmap that leads from the problem statement itself all the way to a long-term solution. It is useful as a problem workbook and study guide for new professionals, particularly those who are preparing for the CIH or CSP examination.

A practical guide for eliminating safety and health hazards from construction worksites, the Handbook of OSHA Construction Safety and Health addresses subjects such as contractor liability and multi-employer sites. This second edition features updates for construction regulations, construction job audit, training requirements, and OSHA regulations. It includes record-keeping guidelines and forms with additional material on focused inspections and contains contact information for agencies. The text provides a model safety and health program, examples of accident analysis and prevention approaches, sample safety and health checklists, and various illustrations.

Catalog no. L1640, ISBN: 978-1-56670-640-7 2006, 7 x 10, 552 pp. Suggested Price: $97.95 / £54.99

Catalog no. 6546, ISBN: 978-0-8493-6546-1 2006, 7 x 10, 984 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Hi-Tech Enterprise, Stockton, California, USA

Ashford, Connecticut, USA

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 28

12/19/08 10:21:36 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Handbook of Safety and Health for the Service Industry

Healthcare Hazard Control and Safety Management

Four-Volume Set Charles D. Reese

Second Edition

University of Connecticut, Storrs, USA (retired)

Consultant, Helena, Alabama, USA

Each of the four volumes in the Handbook of Safety and Health for the Service Industry demonstrates how to tackle particular safety and health dangers in sub-sectors of the service industry. They cover materials and goods services, infrastructure services, administrative services, and people-oriented services. Closely examining hazard identification, intervention, and prevention, the books provide readers with the practical information and tools necessary to assess and address the specific occupational safety and health issues of their industry sector while adhering to OSHA guidelines and regulations. This all-inclusive set is a sturdy and complete reference for safety managers throughout the industry.

Surpassing the standard set by the first edition, Healthcare Hazard Control and Safety Management, Second Edition presents expansive coverage for healthcare professionals serving in safety, occupational health, hazard materials management, quality improvement, and risk management positions. In addition to providing easily digested information, the author has constructed practical checklists and forms that can be readily put to use. Updates to the second edition include additional information on leadership, performance improvement, risk management, organizational culture, behavioral safety, root cause analysis, new OSHA and Joint Commission requirements, and regulatory changes.

Industrial Safety and Health for Administrative Services

Catalog no. SL3062, ISBN: 978-1-57444-306-6 2005, 7 x 10, 816 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

Occupational Safety

James T. Tweedy, MS, CHCM, CHSP

Catalog no. 53825, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5382-1 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 418 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £44.99

Industrial Safety and Health for Goods and Materials Services Catalog no. 53787, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5378-4 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 432 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £44.99

Industrial Safety and Health for Infrastructure Services Catalog no. 53809, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5380-7 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 560 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £44.99

Industrial Safety and Health for People-Oriented Services Catalog no. 53841, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5384-5 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 480 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £44.99

Buy all four and save! Catalog no. 53779, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5377-7 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4 Suggested Price: $189.95 / £106.00

Human Error

Causes and Control George A. Peters and Barbara J. Peters Peters & Peters, Santa Monica, California, USA

Applying and extending principles that can help prevent consumer error, worker fault, managerial mistakes, and organizational blunders, Human Error: Causes and Control provides useful information on theories, methods, and specific techniques for controlling human error. It forms a how-to manual of good practice, focusing on identifying human error, its causes, and how to control or prevent it. It presents constructs that assist in optimizing human performance and achieving higher safety goals. Human Error: Causes and Control bridges the gap and illustrates the means for achieving a comprehensive, fully integrated, process compatible, user effective, methodologically sound model. Catalog no. 8213, ISBN: 978-0-8493-8213-0 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 232 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £39.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 29

12/19/08 10:21:37 AM

For more information and a complete list

Human Safety and Risk Management Second Edition

Managing Workers’ Compensation

A Guide to Injury Reduction and Effective Claim Management

A. Ian Glendon and Sharon G. Clarke

Keith R. Wertz and James J. Bryant

Eugene F. McKenna

Series: Occupational Safety & Health Guide Series, 4

This second edition of a bestseller addresses safety culture and models of risk and presents an extensive re-working of the material from the earlier edition. Examining a wide range of approaches to risk, the authors define safety culture and review theoretical models that elucidate mechanisms linking safety culture with safety performance. Filled with practical examples and case studies drawing on a range of disciplines, the book delineates a risk management approach that includes a range of techniques such as risk assessment, safety audit, and safety interventions. The authors discuss managing behavior in work environments including key functions and benefits of groups.

Laying out management and safety procedures that reduce injuries and the aggravation that follows, this book covers hiring, training, and managing employees with injury avoidance in mind. The authors provide a blueprint for dealing with injured employees and their families, and for determining the correct time for the employee to return to work. The book discusses the all-important issues of fraud, modified duty, substance abuse testing, and accident investigations. It also provides guidance for managing safety efforts in a manner that controls workers’ compensation cost. The book shows readers how they can impact — favorably — the amount their organization pays in premiums.

UMIST, Manchester, UK

Occupational Safety

Professor Emeritus, University of East London, UK

Catalog no. 3090, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3090-2 2006, 7 x 10, 528 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Laser Safety

30 Tools and Training Edited by

Ken Barat

Lawrence Berkeley National Lab, California, USA Series: Optical Science and Engineering, 141

Midwestern Insurance Alliance, Louisville, Kentucky, USA

Catalog no. L1348, ISBN: 978-1-56670-348-2 2001, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 312 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Motor Fleet Safety and Security Management Daniel E. Della-Giustina

West Virginia University, Morgantown, USA

A stand-alone text or a companion to Laser Safety Management, this book discusses laser safety techniques that can be used in a variety of settings, from universities to mega power facilities. Providing simple and straightforward documentation of laser safety standards, the author examines a range of laser use applications such as microscopes, Petawatt installations, and nanotechnology settings. Filled with diagrams and photographs, the book includes examples of laser injuries and describes how they can be prevented. It also explores the components of laser work with optics, vibration control on the optical table, selection of the power meter, how safety limits are determined, and user training.

Building the groundwork necessary for effective management of transportation systems, this book addresses the steps required for successful driver selection, training, instruction, and supervision. It provides a thorough understanding of how to develop and manage a comprehensive motor fleet safety and instructional program. Topics include accident prevention, considerations for a small fleet, vehicle inspection, organization of accident data, job safety analysis, school bus safety, hazmat shipping and storage, and transportation security. The appendix contains a model transportation program that will assist readers in the development of their company’s safety and training programs.

Catalog no. 68547, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6854-2 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 400 pp. Suggested Price: $139.95 / £77.99

Catalog no. L1650, ISBN: 978-1-56670-650-6 2004, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 240 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 30

12/19/08 10:21:38 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Occupational Health and Safety Management A Practical Approach, Second Edition

The Psychology of Safety Handbook

Charles D. Reese

E. Scott Geller

The second edition of a classic text, this book demonstrates how to initiate a comprehensive occupational safety and health initiative, providing practical applications for real-world situations. The volume covers the development of written programs, the identification and mitigation of hazards using common safety and health tools, the development of a safe workforce through communications, and motivational techniques including behavior-based safety, worker involvement, and stepped up training. It covers OSHA regulations and compliance including new recordkeeping guidelines, behaviorbased safety and workplace security, and violence and environmental issues in the workplace.

Based on Dr. Geller’s best-selling The Psychology of Safety, The Psychology of Safety Handbook provides everything required to decrease the frequency and severity of accidental injuries in any organization. Geller covers all areas of psychology directly relevant to understanding and influencing safety-related behaviors. The cause of many injuries can be attributed to at-risk behavior or insufficient safe behavior. The Handbook not only teaches principles and practical procedures for improving safety-related behaviors, but also illustrates how to increase people’s willingness to use these techniques to create a “Total Safety Culture.”

University of Connecticut, Storrs, USA (retired)

Catalog no. 51806, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5180-3 January 2009, 7 x 10, 520 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Occupational Hearing Loss

Virginia Tech, Blacksburg, USA

Occupational Safety

Textbook

Catalog no. L1540, ISBN: 978-1-56670-540-0 2001, 7 x 10, 560 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

Textbook

Working Safe

Third Edition

How to Help People Actively Care for Health and Safety, Second Edition

Edited by

Robert Thayer Sataloff and Joseph Sataloff Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA

E. Scott Geller

Series: Occupational Safety and Health

Virginia Tech, Blacksburg, Virginia, USA

Written in clear and accessible language, Occupational Hearing Loss provides a comprehensive overview of the hazards of occupational noise exposure, causes of hearing loss, testing of hearing, criteria to distinguish occupational hearing loss, and more. This third edition features expanded discussion of topics such as autoimmune inner ear disease and diagnosing occupational hearing loss. It includes new chapters on auditory evoked potentials, sudden sensorineural hearing loss, malignancies of the ear, otologic complications of scuba diving, and hearing in dogs. This text also contains updated and revised material on auditory processing disorders, systemic causes of hearing loss, and more.

Working Safe: How to Help People Actively Care for Health and Safety takes a step-by-step, proactive look at how to use behaviorbased psychology to improve health and safety. It contains all the information in Geller’s The Psychology of Safety Handbook without the research and citations. Based on Geller’s research and written in the same exciting, easy-to-read style without jargon, it provides the principles and procedures for those who need to get right to it. Packed with illustrations, charts and graphs, the book provides principles and procedures for increasing the quality and quantity of individual and community caring behavior to achieve a “Total Safety Culture.”

Catalog no. DK3197, ISBN: 978-0-8247-5383-2 2006, 7 x 10, 1008 pp. Suggested Price: $154.95 / £86.00

Catalog no. L1564, ISBN: 978-1-56670-564-6 2001, 7 x 10, 328 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $57.95 / £31.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 31

12/19/08 10:21:38 AM

For more information and a complete list

Radiation Safety in Nuclear Medicine Second Edition Max H. Lombardi

Safety Management A Guide for Facility Managers, 2nd Edition

Occupational Safety

Professor of Nuclear Medicine (Retired), San Diego, California, USA

Joseph F. Gustin

Radiation Safety in Nuclear Medicine: Second Edition covers the progress made in positron emission tomography, its related radiopharmaceuticals, instrumentation, and procedures. This edition includes a section on imaging instrumentation and discusses the merging of two imaging modalities: the metabolic images of PET and the anatomical images of CT. It reflects revisions in the Code of Federal Regulations that apply to the use of radiopharmaceuticals. Providing copious references, the text also discusses imaging and therapeutic radiopharmaceuticals that use molecular targeting as a method of localization that may become routine.

A safety management program that blends management commitment with employee involvement is the key to meeting the myriad safety challenges in any organization. This second addition of a bestseller addresses the complexities of safety management in detail, explaining how to systematically identify, evaluate, and prevent hazards. It elucidates liability and how to better carry out the tasks that ensure a safe working environment. Gustin delineates the rights and responsibilities of employer and employee and outlines the Whistleblower act and its impact. He also covers violence in the workplace, ADA compliance, conducting the safety audit, recordkeeping, safety inspections, and change management.

Catalog no. 8168, ISBN: 978-0-8493-8168-3 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 256 pp. Suggested Price: $114.95 / £63.99

Safe Use of Chemicals A Practical Guide T.S.S. Dikshith

Consultant, Lilburn, Georgia, USA

Catalog no. DK2931, ISBN: 978-0-8247-5040-4 2008, 6 x 9, 240 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Slip and Fall Prevention

A Practical Handbook Steven Di Pilla

ESIS, Inc., Haddon Heights, New Jersey, USA

Concise yet thorough, this book presents quick, comprehensive instruction to those who work with potentially dangerous substances and provides them with the information they need to avoid the hazards associated with handling these chemicals. Thoroughly referenced from a wide variety of sources, this book contains information on industrial solvents, pesticides, metals, air pollutants, toxic gases and drugs, as well as other substances. For each chemical, the author provides the CAS number, IUPAC name, molecular formula, synonyms, uses and exposures, toxicity and health effects, the exposure limits, and methods of proper storage and disposal. It also includes tables and appendices.

This handbook provides safety engineers and claims professionals with a guide to preventing, controlling, and responding to slip and fall accidents. A comprehensive overview, it presents specific guidelines for facility design, effective management control programs, and test methods for pedestrian safety and slip resistance. The book covers exposure analysis of high-risk businesses, situations, and locations, and describes step-by-step procedures for reporting, investigating, and mitigating incidents. The reference helps readers to identify and manage factors contributing to slip-and-falls, reducing their organization’s exposure to these often frequent and always costly losses.

Catalog no. 80512, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8051-3 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 312 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Catalog no. L1659, ISBN: 978-1-56670-659-9 2003, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 288 pp. Suggested Price: $154.95 / £86.00

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 32

12/19/08 10:21:39 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Textbook

Applied Cost Engineering

System Safety Engineering and Risk Assessment

Third Edition Forrest D. Clark

Applied Project Management, Green Valley, Arizona, USA

A.B. Lorenzoni

A Practical Approach

Applied Project Management, Inc., Charlottesville, Virginia, USA

Nicholas J. Bahr

Series: Cost Engineering, 28

Employing case studies from a number of industries, this book provides a comprehensive and easily accessible guide on how to build safety into products and industrial processes. The text discusses the best system safety techniques used in various industries, types of hazard analyses, safety checklists and other safety tools, as well as techniques for investigating accidents. It explains how to set up a data management system for a system safety program and touches on risk assessment, including ways to conduct a risk evaluation. Designed specifically for engineers, this volume is also accessible to non-technical professionals needing a guide to the safety management of complex systems.

This classic third edition offers comprehensive coverage of cost engineering, emphasizing capital projects and focusing on both estimating and cost control. Maintaining and enhancing the style of presentation that made previous editions so popular, Applied Cost Engineering, Third Edition furnishes a cost-effective approach to estimating and controlling contingency, a chapter on systems and computer applications, a chapter on bulk material control, expanded coverage of the factors that affect estimate accuracy, an introduction to the concept of estimate and schedule classification, additional end-of-text case studies, and much more.

Catalog no. RT4163, ISBN: 978-1-56032-416-4 1998, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 272 pp. Suggested Price: $109.95 / £60.99

Writing and Designing Manuals and Warnings Fourth Edition

Catalog no. DK5448, ISBN: 978-0-8247-9800-0 1997, 6 x 9, 440 pp. Suggested Price: $93.95 / £49.99

The Control Handbook

Occupational Safety / General References

Textbook

Edited by

William S. Levine

Patricia A. Robinson

University of Maryland, College Park, USA

Coronado Consulting Services, LLC, Sonoita, Arizona, USA

Series: Electrical Engineering Handbook, 6

A combination of the latest research and the author’s nearly 30 years of experience helping companies improve instructions and warnings, this how-to book covers nearly every aspect of developing state-of-the-art product manuals and safety warnings. This fourth edition of a bestseller reflects the many changes that have taken place in the industry, including the new ASI standard governing safety information in manuals and the revised ANSI standard governing safety label design. The text features new and updated discussions of integrated product safety, technical products, failureto-warn arguments in product liability cases, and greater reliance on the Internet for information on product safety. Catalog no. 69845, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6984-6 May 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 416 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

The Control Handbook is the most comprehensive compilation of articles on control systems ever assembled. Each aspect of control is expertly covered, from the mathematical foundations to applications in robot and manipulator control. The book comprises three major sections — Fundamental Methods of Control, Advanced Methods of Control, and Applications of Control — containing dozens of peerreviewed and highly readable articles, extensively cross-referenced and indexed. Special sections report on digital control for computers, features of aerospace controls, and robot control, and each article includes references directing readers to further information. Catalog no. 8570, ISBN: 978-0-8493-8570-4 1996, 8-1/2 x 11, 1566 pp. Suggested Price: $249.95 / £139.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 33

12/19/08 10:21:40 AM

For more information and a complete list

Electronic Devices on Discrete Components for Industrial and Power Engineering Vladimir Gurevich

General References 34

Industrial Power Systems Shoaib Khan

Israel Electric Corp, Haifa

Shoaib Khan Consultants Inc., Montreal, Quebec, Canada

Providing a smooth transition from theory to application, Electronic Devices on Discrete Components for Industrial and Power Engineering covers operating principles and examples of functional units for automation devices. The book provides detailed descriptions of different functional units and automation devices for industry and power engineering that have been implemented with modern discrete electronic elements instead of microelectronics or microprocessor-based technologies. It includes information on modern components including miniature vacuum and high-power reed switches, high-voltage bipolar transistors, thyristors, dinistors, as well as new high-voltage IGBT and FET.

Based on the author’s forty years of hands-on experience, Industrial Power Systems provides practicing engineers a modern look at the planning, design, and installation of industrial electrical supplies. The author emphasizes the role power systems play in the continuity of operations and quality of products. The text covers the salient engineering features and design procedures, including power system studies, grounding, instrument transformers, medium voltage motors, and many more topics. The author provides a number of practical tables, including European voltage standards, standards and design principles for substation design, and IEEE Standards for Harmonic Distribution Levels.

Catalog no. 69829, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6982-2 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 432 pp. Suggested Price: $139.95 / £77.99

Catalog no. DK3172, ISBN: 978-0-8247-2443-6 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 488 pp. Suggested Price: $144.95 / £79.99

The Engineering Handbook

Integration Technologies for Industrial Automated Systems

Second Edition Edited by

Edited by

Richard Zurawski

Richard C. Dorf

ISA Corporation, San Francisco, California, USA

University of California, Davis, USA

Series: Industrial Information Technology, 3

The second edition of The Engineering Handbook provides a ready reference for the practicing engineer in industry, government, and academia. The book is divided into 30 sections that encompass the entire field of engineering. It provides the most up-to-date information in the classical fields: mechanical, electrical, civil, chemical, biomedical engineering (new), nanotechnology/MEMS (new), environmental, industrial, and aerospace engineering as well as the underlying fields of mathematics and materials. The Handbook satisfies the information needs of all professional engineers, whether they work in industry, education, or government.

In chapters drawn from Zurawski’s popular works, The Industrial Communication Technology Handbook and The Industrial Information Technology Handbook, this practical guide gives a detailed overview of the roles and uses of software and IT in the integration and communication networking of industrial automation systems. It authoritatively covers e-technologies, software technologies, and network-based technologies for enterprise integration, agentbased technologies for industrial automation, and IT security in automation systems. The book offers expert insight into the technologies, solutions, and emerging trends in each area. It also includes recent technologies, solutions, and standards available for the first time.

Catalog no. 1586, ISBN: 978-0-8493-1586-2 2004, 7 x 10, 3080 pp. Suggested Price: $164.95 / £92.00

Catalog no. 9262, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9262-7 2007, 7 x 10, 600 pp. Suggested Price: $114.95 / £63.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 34

12/19/08 10:21:40 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Robert J. Latino

What Every Engineer Should Know About Business Communication

Kenneth C. Latino

Lean Six Sigma Institute of Technology, Marion, Iowa, USA

Improving Performance for Bottom-Line Results, Third Edition

Reliability Center, Inc., Hopewell, Virginia, USA Practical Reliability Group, Roanoke, Virginia, USA

John X. Wang

Series: What Every Engineer Should Know

In this third edition of a bestseller, acclaimed experts Robert and Kenneth Latino offer a broad look at various approaches to RCA, comparing pros and cons, and supplying tools to implement or improve current RCA initiatives. They take a wider approach that covers opportunity analysis and RCA’s fit with Total Quality Management and Six Sigma. Overall, the book presents updated and expanded material including: a chapter devoted to problemsolving/brainstorming; methodology versus software; using the PROACT® approach complimented by PROACT® Enterprise Version 3.0 software; discussion of the various conflicting definitions of common terms used in RCA; and a focus on measuring ROI. Catalog no. 5340, ISBN: 978-0-8493-5340-6 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 288 pp. Suggested Price: $94.95 / £49.99

Focusing on the three critical communication needs of engineering professionals, speaking, writing, and listening, What Every Engineer Should Know About Business Communication delineates critical communication strategies required in different group settings and work situations. It demonstrates how to integrate marketing strategy into every facet of engineering communication from presentations, visual aids, proposals and technical reports to e-mail and phone calls. The book also provides situational examples, which demonstrate how to use computers, graphics, and other engineering tools to effectively communicate with other engineers and managers.

General References

Root Cause Analysis

Catalog no. 8396, ISBN: 978-0-8493-8396-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 208 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $49.95 / £27.99

Techonomics

The Theory of Industrial Evolution

What Every Engineer Should Know About Career Management

H. Lee Martin

Mike Ficco

Clarity Resources, LLC, Knoxville, Tennessee, USA

Silver Springs, Maryland, USA

Series: Industrial Innovation

Series: What Every Engineer Should Know

Providing the means to navigate a progressive international market, this critically acclaimed work explains the relationship of technology and economics to organizational structure. Successful entrepreneur Dr. H. Lee Martin shares the marketplace savvy gained during his 15-year journey from the garage to the public market. He identifies four foundations essential to healthy organizations: energy, communication, computation, and community. Providing examples of the value of e-commerce, Dr. Martin shows readers how to measure and maximize trends in key processes. He provides ample evidence to prove that organizations which effectively use all resources will quickly out strip those which don’t.

Many engineers fail to notice critical issues in the workplace that can directly impact their career advancement and job satisfaction. This text focuses on career management, and the importance of human interactions in the office. Although framed in the engineering environment, it provides observations on “people skills” relevant to all occupations. Employing an informal style, the author takes a mentorship approach by offering suggestions and anecdotes. Broken into two parts, the book first focuses on the life and career advancement of the engineer. It then addresses the dynamics of the engineer/manager relationship within the context of a corporate environment.

Catalog no. 7067, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7067-0 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 256 pp. Suggested Price: $97.95 / £54.99

Catalog no. 76825, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7682-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 264 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $49.95 / £27.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 35

12/19/08 10:21:41 AM

For more information and a complete list Textbook

General References / Facility Management 36

What Every Engineer Should Know About Excel J.P. Holman

Disaster and Recovery Planning

Southern Methodist University, Dallas, Texas, USA

A Guide for Facility Managers, 4th Edition

Series: What Every Engineer Should Know

Joseph F. Gustin

Consultant, Lilburn, Georgia, USA

With the many software packages available today, engineers may overlook the computational and graphics capabilities offered by Microsoft® Excel™. The software is nearly ubiquitous, and understanding its capabilities is an enormous benefit to engineers in almost any field and at all levels of experience. What Every Engineer Should Know About Excel offers in nine self-contained chapters a practical guide to the features and functions that can be used, for example, to solve equations and systems of equations, build charts and graphs, create line drawings, and perform optimizations. The author uses examples and screenshots to walk readers through the steps and build a strong understanding of the material. Catalog no. 7326, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7326-8 2006, 7 x 10, 248 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $52.95 / £29.99

The Complete Guide for CPP® Examination Preparation

The completely revised fourth edition of this best-selling reference addresses the prevention and control of the effects of a disaster on a company’s operations. Critical areas covered include contingency planning, loss prevention, facility evacuation, employee training, chain of command, checklists, computer and data protection, bomb threat response, standby power, and self-inspection. Also discussed in depth is the role of the media to provide the facility manager with a framework for enlisting the media’s assistance in recovery planning. Every facility should have a copy of this important reference on hand. Catalog no. FP5146, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5146-9 2007, 6 x 9, 350 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

James P. Muuss, CPP

Emergency Evacuation Planning and Management

David Rabern, CPP

Tiravat Assavapokee, Ali K. Kamrani, and Gino J. Lim

Reliant Protective Services Inc., Phoenix, Arizona, USA Int’l Counterintelligence Services, Scottsdale, Arizona, USA

University of Houston, Texas, USA

The Complete Guide for CPP Examination Preparation provides a thorough foundation of security concepts and practices. This volume does more than impart the information required for you to pass the CPP exam, it also delivers insight into what taking the exam is like and provides an appreciation for the work and knowledge needed to gain CPP certification. The book addresses security management, investigations, protection of sensitive information, substance abuse, physical security, personnel security, emergency planning, management of a guard force, legal aspects of security, and the role of a security professional as a liaison with both management and law enforcement.

Evacuating an entire metropolitan area in anticipation of or in response to a natural or man-made disaster takes an enormous amount of planning and coordination. This volume provides an overview of disaster planning and evacuation procedures. It examines the role of operation research models and explores business continuity planning as a critical segment of disaster planning. The authors discuss the use of risk analysis to determine the impact of disasters on businesses and populations and highlight the role of information technology in planning for and managing disasters. Case studies of the recent evacuations in New Orleans and Houston further illuminate the material.

Catalog no. 2896, ISBN: 978-0-8493-2896-1 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 592 pp. Suggested Price: $83.95 / £46.99

Catalog no. AU6696, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6696-8 May 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 350 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 36

12/19/08 10:21:42 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Handbook of Energy Audits Seventh Edition

Textbook

Albert Thumann. P.E, C.E.M.

Facilities Design

Executive Director, Association of Energy Engineers

Third Edition

University of Louisville, Kentucky, USA

A complete delineation the proper design, layout, and location of facilities, this book strikes a healthy balance between theory and practice. It provides an understanding of the practical aspects of implementing preliminary designs development through analytical models. The third edition of a bestseller, the book features updated multimedia tools, new software, and additional exercise problems. The text presents analytical performance evaluation models and tests them using software available for download on the web. An appendix offers queuing and queuing models along with simulation examples. Each chapter includes a set of review questions for selfstudy. Catalog no. 66269, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6626-5 2008, 7 x 10, 624 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £49.99

Resource Management Consultant, Seattle, Washington, USA

This bestselling handbook is updated with new chapters on energy assessment and computer software. It includes detailed analysis of the latest technologies and software available for optimizing the audit process. It provides all of the information necessary to plan and carry out a thorough and accurate energy audit of any electrical, mechanical and building system for any facility. Clear, easy-to-follow instructions guide readers through accounting procedures, rate of return, and life cycle cost analysis. Loaded with forms, checklists, and handy aids, this book is essential for anyone responsible for overseeing a facility energy audit.

Facility Management

William J. Younger, C.E.M.

Sunderesh S. Heragu

Catalog no. FP6791, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6791-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 460 pp. Suggested Price: $114.95 / £63.99

Fire Protection

Systems and Response

How to Develop and Implement a Security Master Plan

Robert Burke

Timothy Giles, CPP, PSP

Fire Marshal, University of Maryland, Baltimore, USA

Risk/Security Management & Consulting, Newton, Georgia, USA

Firefighters and other emergency responders deal with a number of fire protection systems in their daily response to emergencies. This book provides a straightforward overview of the functions and benefits of these systems and how they can assist with fire suppression, code enforcement, and alarm response. Fire protection systems continue to be an important part of fire protection, and the comprehensive discussion of elevator rescue, fire command centers, emergency generators and lighting, and HVAC systems sets this book apart from other books in this genre. Logically organized and clearly written, it covers all systems in a single text.

Written for corporate security officers, this work is designed to help them garner executive support and increased funding for their security programs. It provides a thorough understanding of the Security Master Planning process, explaining how to develop appropriate risk mitigation strategies and how to focus on both effectiveness and efficiency while conducting a site security assessment. It constructs a comprehensive five-year plan that is synchronized with the strategies of the business or institution. This is a valuable reference tool for security professionals of small and large corporations and consultants.

Catalog no. L1622, ISBN: 978-1-56670-622-3 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 312 pp. Suggested Price: $124.95 / £69.99

Catalog no. AU6251, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8625-6 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 352 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £44.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 37

12/19/08 10:21:43 AM

For more information and a complete list

Facility Management / Health Systems Engineering 38

Textbook

Industrial Fire Protection Handbook

Manufacturing Facilities

Second Edition

Location, Planning, and Design, Third Edition

R. Craig Schroll

Dileep R. Sule

Comprehensive and uniquely focused, this handbook is a practical guide to improving fire prevention and protection within a work environment. The book includes numerous examples and illustrations to provide a better-than-ever overview of all essential areas of fire protection, including loss control programs, fire behavior, life safety, hazard control, and emergency planning. This edition includes discussions of extinguishing agents, including wet chemical and clean agents designed to replace halon, and an indepth treatment of hazard control and life safety issues. It covers selection, placement, and maintenance of fire extinguishers and installed fire protection systems.

From plant layout and materials handling to quality function deployment and design considerations, this book explores topics crucial to the efficiency of a well-planned facility. This, the third edition of a classic, provides the information and analytical tools necessary to move from product designs to production plans and then details planning techniques needed to build a manufacturing facility where safety, efficiency, and profit are interdependent. It covers Lean manufacturing, supply chain effects, aggregate planning, scheduling, resource planning, machine layout models, economic evaluation of processes, and information technology and includes new mathematical methods and problems.

Catalog no. TX587, ISBN: 978-1-58716-058-5 2002, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 252 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

Catalog no. 44222, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4422-5 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 824 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £49.99

FIRECON, East Earl, Pennsylvania, USA

Managing Indoor Air Quality Fourth Edition

Louisiana Tech University, Ruston, USA

A3 Problem Solving for Healthcare

H.E. Burroughs, CIAQP

Consultant, Alpharetta, Georgia, USA

A Practical Method for Eliminating Waste

Shirley J. Hansen, Ph.D.

Cindy Jimmerson

This practical desk reference provides a guide and information resource — both on treating existing indoor air problems effectively — and on preventing costly IAQ problems from occurring in the first place. A single discipline approach unfortunately tends to narrow both the control and the treatments options. This book cuts across professions to offer those concerned with the total facility a broader, more comprehensive approach to managing indoor air quality and mitigating indoor air quality problems. The third edition is extensively updated and edited in response to the rapid pace of changes and advances in the IAQ industry.

Written by an expert in Lean principles, this book offers an easy-touse problem-solving method that can be applied to every aspect of healthcare to identify, understand, and improve processes. Illustrated with numerous A3s in various stages of development, this practical, easy-to-use workbook explains how to extend the VSM philosophy to a more focused perspective. Extensively exploring the value of the A3 problems solving tool in healthcare, the book demonstrates the simplicity and completeness of the A3 tool and its applications to regulatory documentation and the activities of daily work.

Consultant, Gig Harbor, Washington, USA

Catalog no. FP7155, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7155-9 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 350 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Lean Healthcare West, Missoula, Montana, USA

Catalog no. PP7358, ISBN: 978-1-56327-358-2 2007, 8-1/2 x 11, 176 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $55.00 / £28.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 38

12/19/08 10:21:43 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Discharge Planning Handbook for Healthcare Ali Birjandi

Operational Performance Improvement, ProMedica Health System, Toledo, Ohio, USA

Handbook of Modern Hospital Safety Second Edition

Lisa M. Bragg

William Charney

Based on 25 years of experience, Birjandi and Bragg show hospital administrators and directors how they can tap into new revenue using the Six Sigma DMAIC model (Define, Measure, Analyze, Improve, and Control). The book’s step-by-step implementation strategy highlights five concepts: redefining the whole idea of discharge planning, focusing on the right metrics, augmenting re-design with lean concepts, applying a practical approach to improvement, and creating a results-oriented culture. The book includes a comprehensive case study, as well as a spreadsheet that can be used to track success.

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, healthcare is one of the industries with the highest injury rates. This long overdue second edition of William Charney’s seminal work covers exposure paradigms and offers solutions and models of protection. Extensively updated, the new edition includes new information on technology to protect healthcare workers, discussions of threats in the form of emerging infectious diseases, and coverage of new legislation and regulations. This edition also offers R&D for needle technology, new data on interventions, recent research on occupational health and safety for healthcare workers, and insight into the philosophy of creating a Safety Culture.

Waterville, Ohio, USA

Washington Hospital Services, Seattle, USA

Catalog no. PP7392, ISBN: 978-1-56327-392-6 January 2009, 7 x 10, 208 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $59.95 / £33.99

Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics in Health Care and Patient Safety Edited by

Pascale Carayon

University of Wisconsin-Madison, USA

Health Systems Engineering

Top 10 Secrets to Unlocking a New Revenue Pipeline

Catalog no. 4785X, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4785-1 June 2009, 7 x 10, 1320 pp. Suggested Price: $149.95 / £89.00

How Healthcare Works

An Introduction to Hospitals, Health Systems and Other Providers of Care

Margaret Schulte

Series: Human Factors and Ergonomics

Grand Valley State University, Grand Rapids, Michigan, USA

This handbook covers concepts and methods of human factors and ergonomics and their applications that improve quality, safety, efficiency, and effectiveness in patient care. It provides specific information on how to analyze medical errors and reduce these errors and the harm that potentially ensues. The editor and an impressive group of contributors highlight important issues relevant to healthcare providers, professionals, and their employers. They discuss the design of working conditions to improve satisfaction, well-being, and the reduction of burnout. This remarkably comprehensive account offers invaluable knowledge from some of the most respected individuals in the field.

The position of the medical sector as a growth market is opening new avenues for workers outside the traditional realm of healthcare, such as management engineers, IT professionals, and process improvement specialists. A guide for healthcare market entrants, this book equips new hires with the knowledge needed to navigate the business of medicine. It provides an orientation to the broader healthcare work environment for those working in hospitals or as vendors and manufacturers. The author, editor of the American College of Health Executive’s Frontiers in Health Services Management, confronts challenges facing the industry as a whole, including finance, legal, regulatory, and workforce issues.

Catalog no. ER8886, ISBN: 978-0-8058-4885-4 2007, 7 x 10, 1016 pp. Suggested Price: $209.95 / £117.00

Catalog no. PP8493, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8493-1 July 2009, 7 x 10, 275 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $69.95 / £42.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 39

12/19/08 10:21:44 AM

For more information and a complete list

Lean Hospitals

Improving Quality, Patient Safety, and Employee Satisfaction

Health Systems Engineering

Mark Graban

ValuMetrix Services, Ortho-Clinical Diagnostics, Inc., A Johnson & Johnson Company, Dallas, Texas, USA

Drawing on his years working with hospitals, the author explains why and how Lean can be used to improve safety, quality, and efficiency in a healthcare setting. He highlights the benefits of Lean methods and explains how Lean manufacturing staples such as Value Stream Mapping can help identify and eliminate waste, effectively preventing delays for patients, reducing wasted motion for caregivers, and improving quality of care. The book describes root cause problem-solving and daily improvement processes that engage everyone in systemic improvement. A guide for healthcare professionals, this book elaborates the steps they can take to begin the process of Lean implementation. Catalog no. PP3805, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8380-4 January 2009, 7 x 10, 280 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $44.95 / £24.99

Maximizing Emergency Department Productivity John M. Shiver

College of Health and Human Services, George Mason University, Fairfax, Virginia, USA

David Eitel

Medical Error and Patient Safety

Human Factors in Medicine George A. Peters and Barbara J. Peters

Peters & Peters, Santa Monica, California, USA

This resource presents more than 500 ideas, concepts, and techniques that can be applied and tailored to unique circumstances. After an introduction to general concepts and approaches, the authors examine vulnerabilities in medical services, including emergency services, healthcare facilities, and infection control. It covers risks in medical devices and product design, human factors such as fatigue and stress, management errors, errors in communication, and mistakes in drug delivery, including faulty labels and warnings. The authors also compare and contrast several analytical methods, their interpretation, and their translation into a plan of action. Catalog no. 64789, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6478-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 256 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £42.99

Patient Safety

The PROACT Root Cause Analysis Approach Robert J. Latino

Reliability Center, Inc., Hopewell, Virginia, USA

This landmark book provides senior-level Emergency Department (ED) managers and healthcare administrators with essential tools to make their job easier in the wake of a national crisis in ED capacity. It explores the relationships of individual stakeholders and illustrates how information technology can play an important role in improving the performance of the ED. It also demonstrates how to improve financial performance, specialty services, and billing and collections functions. Because there are so many unpredictable elements related to the emergency room environment, this text explains how to predict patient volumes, flow, and space needs, using historical data to best plan for the unknowns.

Expertly written, this book provides a perspective on patient care, risk management, and quality management from outside the healthcare industry and culture. Challenging perceptions about Root Cause Analysis (RCA), it provides a new approach that includes tools such as Basic Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA) and Opportunity Analysis (OA), which help quantify and prioritize events that deserve the attention of true RCA. The authors begin by defining the events that require RCA to maximize the effect on the patient. They address not only the proactive methods but also the organizational paradigms that must change in order to support and sustain such activities in the interest of patient safety.

Catalog no. PP3775, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8377-4 May 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 225 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $69.95 / £42.99

Catalog no. 87274, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8727-7 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 192 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 40

12/19/08 10:21:45 AM

The Pittsburgh Way to Efficient Healthcare Improving Patient Care Using Toyota Based Methods Naida Grunden

Transformative Quality

The Emerging Revolution in Health Care Performance

Naida Grunden, L.L.C. - Medical Communications, Bellingham, Washington, USA

Mark Hagland

While there is plenty of data identifying where healthcare in America falls short, it can be a challenge to find practical, hands-on information about how to fix it. The critically acclaimed Pittsburgh Way to Efficient Healthcare changes that. This book explores how principles borrowed from industry — in specific, Toyota’s concept of Lean manufacturing — can be applied to make healthcare safer, more effective, and less costly. The book is a compilation of case studies from units in different hospitals around the Pittsburgh region that successfully applied industrial principles to the benefit of patients and the satisfaction of employees.

Looking for ways to improve quality and cut costs, healthcare organizations are in the midst of overhauling all of their operational systems, as they seek to achieve heightened levels of quality. After providing a historical perspective and an analysis of the changing demands and demographics behind this current push, noted healthcare writer Mark Hagland provides a thorough look at indepth case studies involving dramatic transformations in health delivery systems of varying complexity. Hagland also looks at the role of information technology in these transformations and discusses likely outcomes and future trends.

Catalog no. PP7367, ISBN: 978-1-56327-367-4 2008, 6 x 9, 224 pp. Suggested Price: $39.95 / £21.99

Catalog no. PP8492, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8492-4 January 2009, 6 x 9, 174 pp. Suggested Price: $49.95 / £27.99

Chicago, Illinois, USA

Adversarial Reasoning Textbook

Reliability Technology, Human Error, and Quality in Health Care

Health Systems Engineering / Operations Research

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Computational Approaches to Reading the Opponent’s Mind Edited by

Alexander Kott

DARPA-Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency

William M. McEneaney

University of California, San Diego, USA

B.S. Dhillon

University of Ottawa, Ontario, Canada

Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Computer & Information Science Series, 10

A compilation of data from a wide variety of sources, this book eliminates the need to pick through journal articles, online databases, and conference proceedings to obtain information. The authors discuss medical device maintenance, human error reporting systems and models for predicting human reliability and error, patient safety, quality methods, and steps for improving quality. Highlights include a chapter on mathematical concepts and another chapter containing introductory material on reliability technology, human error, and quality considered essential to understanding materials presented in subsequent chapters. The book contains examples, solutions, and end-of-chapter problems.

Featuring approaches that draw from disciplines such as artificial intelligence and cognitive modeling, Adversarial Reasoning: Computational Approaches to Reading the Opponent’s Mind describes technologies and applications that address a broad range of practical problems, including military planning and command, military and foreign intelligence, antiterrorism and domestic security, as well as simulation and training systems. The authors present an overview of each problem and then discuss approaches and applications, combining theoretical rigor with accessibility. This comprehensive volume covers intent and plan recognition, deception discovery, and strategy formulation.

Catalog no. 65580, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6558-9 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 216 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Catalog no. C5882, ISBN: 978-1-58488-588-7 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 340 pp. Suggested Price: $97.95 / £54.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 41

12/19/08 10:21:45 AM

For more information and a complete list Textbook

A Course on Queueing Models Joti Lal Jain

Handbook of Scheduling

Sri Gopal Mohanty

Algorithms, Models, and Performance Analysis

McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada

Edited by

Walter Böhm

Joseph Y-T. Leung

Series: Statistics: A Series of Textbooks and Monographs, 189

Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Computer & Information Science Series, 1

Emphasizing Markovian structures and the techniques that occur in different models, this book discusses developments in the field, different methodological tools — some of which are not available elsewhere — and computational techniques. The book covers fundamentals on Markovian and regenerative non-Markovian models as well as computational methods, statistical inference, and simulation. It also presents network queues, discrete time queues, optimization, combinatorial treatments in transient analysis, general queues, duality in queues, and new computational methods. Each self-contained chapter features a discussion section that summarizes material and highlights special features.

This handbook provides full coverage of the most recent and advanced topics in scheduling, assembling researchers from all relevant disciplines to facilitate new insights. Presented in six parts, these experts provide introductory material, complete with tutorials and algorithms, and then examine classical scheduling problems. Part 3 explores scheduling models that originate in areas such as computer science and operations research. The following section examines scheduling problems that arise in real-time systems. Part 5 discusses stochastic scheduling and queueing networks, and the final section discusses a range of applications in a variety of areas, from airlines to hospitals.

Catalog no. C6463, ISBN: 978-1-58488-646-4 2007, 6 x 9, 461 pp. Suggested Price: $93.95 / £44.99

Catalog no. C3979, ISBN: 978-1-58488-397-5 2004, 7 x 10, 1224 pp. Suggested Price: $139.95 / £73.99

University of Delhi, India

University of Economics, Vienna, Austria

New Jersey Institute of Technology, Newark, USA

Operations Research

Introduction to Scheduling 42

Decision Options

Edited by

Yves Robert

The Art and Science of Making Decisions

Ecole Normale Superieure de Lyon, France

Gill Eapen

Series: Chapman & Hall/CRC Computational Science

Providing a framework to systematically evaluate decision options, this book presents rigorous methods to use when making optimal decisions. It contains many applications from the pharmaceutical, energy, and high-tech fields where the author has worked as an advisor. The book leads readers step-by-step through the steps that must be taken to reach an optimal decision through the use of decision tree analysis, Monte Carlo simulation, dynamic programming, and decision option analysis. The author includes a link to software that offers a framework to help readers understand the mechanics behind the techniques used before venturing into more complex modeling.

Reviewing classical methods, realistic models, and algorithms, this book offers a through introduction to scheduling. Coverage includes fundamental concepts and basic methods, recent research, and applications with a special focus on distributed systems and computational grids. Other topics include online scheduling, stochastic task-resource systems, and platform models. Examples, theorems, and pedagogical proofs create an interactive learning format. Though rigorous, the book provides enough background to be self-contained and fully accessible to computer scientists, mathematicians, and researchers in related fields.

Decision Options, LLC, Groten, Connectcut, USA

Catalog no. C6820, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8682-9 July 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 384 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £48.99

Frederic Vivien

Laboratoire LIP, Lyon, France

Catalog no. C7273, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7273-0 July 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 350 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 42

12/19/08 10:21:46 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Textbook

Introduction to the Mathematics of Operations Research with Mathematica® Second Edition

Textbook

Operations Research A Practical Introduction Michael W. Carter

University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Knox College, Galesburg, Illinois, USA

Stephen F. Austin State University, Nacogdoches, Texas, USA

Series: Pure and Applied Mathematics

Series: Operations Research Series, 1

Revised and updated to reflect recent advances, this second edition focuses on the topics of graph theory, linear programming, stochastic processes, and dynamic programming. Integrating technology into the development, it features a CD-ROM with Mathematica, the program used throughout the text. It also offers new material in areas such as simulation, Brownian motion, and famous graph theory problems such as the traveling salesman problem. Further enhancing the interactive approach of the book, the author emphasizes problem solving with longer investigations, self-check questions, problem sets, and an appendix of solutions for selected problems.

Forming a bridge from academic presentations of standard techniques to computer implementations for solving real problems, Operations Research: A Practical Introduction offers an in-depth guide to the use of OR techniques in decision-making, design, analysis, and management. It examines innovative methods and practical issues related to the development and use of computer implementations. The Guide to Software Tools section in each chapter offers information on how to select and obtain software and describes its most important characteristics. The authors present standard mathematical models and algorithms and examine a variety of practical issues.

Catalog no. DK3895, ISBN: 978-1-57444-612-8 2006, 6 x 9, 592 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £44.99

Catalog no. 2256, ISBN: 978-0-8493-2256-3 2001, 7 x 10, 416 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Operations Research

Camille C. Price

Kevin J. Hastings

Knowledge Discovery from Sensor Data Edited by

Auroop R. Ganguly, Joao Gama, Olufemi A. Omitaomu, Mohamed Gaber, and Ranga Raju Vatsavai

Optimal Design of Queuing Systems

Series: Industrial Innovation

University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, USA

Addressing the issues challenging the sensor community, this book presents innovative solutions in offline data mining and real-time analysis of sensor or geographically distributed data. Illustrated with case studies, it discusses the challenges and requirements for sensor data-based knowledge discovery solutions in highpriority application. The book then explores the fusion between heterogeneous data streams from multiple sensor types and applications in science, engineering, and security. Bringing together researchers from academia, government, and the private sector, this book delineates the application of knowledge modeling in data intensive operations.

Over the last 30 years, research on optimal design and control of queuing systems has flowered. However, although many books exist on descriptive queuing theory, until now, none has addressed the topic from the perspective of optimization. Emphasizing economic interpretation of the output of optimization models, this text offers a thorough examination of this important and rapidly expanding area. With established applications in manufacturing and telecommunications and new applications continually being discovered, this book becomes a vital reference for professionals and an outstanding textbook for operations research, computer science, and electrical engineering students.

Catalog no. 82329, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8232-6 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 215 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Catalog no. C0335, ISBN: 978-1-58488-076-9 March 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 392 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

Shaler Stidham Jr.

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 43

12/19/08 10:21:47 AM

For more information and a complete list

Operations Research and Management Science Handbook

Optimization in Medicine and Biology

Edited by

A. Ravi Ravindran

Gino J. Lim

Pennsylvania State University, University Park, USA

Operations Research

Series: Operations Research Series

University of Houston, Texas, USA

Eva K. Lee

Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, USA

A comprehensive yet concise resource, Operations Research and Management Science Handbook provides an overview of operations research methods and applications. Drawing on a mix of international authors, the handbook explores the latest topics in OR/MS and examines recent developments in the field. The book caters to a diverse audience; anyone who uses analytical techniques in decision making will need this book. Of the many books available on this subject, most are not broad enough, not precise enough, or accessible enough. This book gives students, researchers, and practitioners a guide to all of the operations research techniques in an accessible format.

Integrating foundational theory, good modeling techniques, efficient algorithms, and relevant applications, this reference explores optimization techniques for solving complex problems in biomedical research. It discusses mathematical programming techniques for medical decision-making processes and applies them to pediatric vaccine formularies, cancer treatment planning models, and the cost-effectiveness of HIV programs. The second part focuses on optimization in biology and discusses computational algorithms for genomic analysis, probe design, and selection and algorithms and software packages to aid in probe selection and design. It includes a short tutorial on Integer Programming (IP).

Catalog no. 9721, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9721-9 2008, 7 x 10, 904 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £72.99

Catalog no. AU0563, ISBN: 978-0-8493-0563-4 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 592 pp. Suggested Price: $149.95 / £83.00

Two tightly focused resources based on the Handbook.

Operations Research Applications 44

A comprehensive, concise, and easy-to-read volume that covers functional and industry specific areas of OR applications. Catalog no. 91867, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9186-1 January 2009, 7 x 10, 402 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Operations Research Methodologies This book explores emerging techniques including multiple criteria optimization, meta heuristics, robust optimization, and complexity and large scale networks. Catalog no. 91824, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9182-3 January 2009, 7 x 10, 476 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Optimization Modelling

A Practical Approach Ruhul A. Sarker and Charles S. Newton

University of New South Wales, Canberra, Australia

Illustrating the use of modelling in the decision making process, this unified narrative helps readers gain a working knowledge of a wide range of techniques. The authors present these techniques in a straightforward manner illustrated by examples. They analyze the formulation and modelling of a number of well-known theoretical and practical problems. The book also discusses the use of software packages, which can be used to work optimization models without the fuss of higher math and complex solution methods. The authors draw from their experience in applying these techniques to practical problem solving and for dealing with implementation difficulties most likely to be encountered. Catalog no. 43102, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4310-5 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 504 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £72.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 44

12/19/08 10:21:47 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Probability Models in Operations Research C. Richard Cassady

University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA

Joel A. Nachlas

Virginia Tech, Blacksburg, USA

Textbook

Risk Analysis in Engineering

Techniques, Tools, and Trends Mohammad Modarres

Series: Operations Research Series

University of Maryland, College Park, USA

Balancing applications with mathematical rigor, Probability Models in Operations Research provides an introduction to the use of probability to define models that have applications in industrial engineering and operations research. With a concise review of the key components of probability theory, this book offers coverage of all basic model forms, probability modeling fundamentals, random variables analysis, multiple random variables analysis, Bernoulli processes, discrete-time Markov chains, Poisson processes, renewal processes, continuous-time Markov chains, and queueing theory. The text serves as a practical reference for those who use probability to model system behaviors.

Developed as a guide for practitioners and as a textbook for upperlevel courses in risk analysis, Risk Analysis in Engineering presents an engineering approach to probabilistic risk analysis (PRA). It particularly emphasizes methods for comprehensive PRA studies, including techniques for risk management. The book requires no prior knowledge of risk analysis and provides the necessary mathematical and engineering foundations. The text relies heavily on, but is not limited to, examples from the nuclear industry, because that is where PRA techniques were first developed. Since PRA provides a best-estimate approach, the author pays special attention to explaining uncertainty characterization.

Catalog no. 54899, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5489-7 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 224 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £39.99

Catalog no. DK4812, ISBN: 978-1-57444-794-1 2006, 7 x 10, 424 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

Operations Research

Textbook

Production Planning and Industrial Scheduling

Examples, Case Studies and Applications, Second Edition

Simulation of Industrial Systems

Discrete Event Simulation Using Excel/VBA

David Elizandro

Tennessee Tech University, Cookeville, USA

Dileep R. Sule

Hamdy Taha

Louisiana Tech University, Ruston, USA

University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, USA

A comprehensive reference for the broad range of problems encountered in this field, this second edition features new information on single machine scheduling, new procedures for common due dates, flowshop problems such as the n-job/mmachine problem, minimizing makespan with total penalty and multiple identical machines, batch scheduling for a limited capacity, three-day off scheduling, part-time employees in tour scheduling, scheduling multitask manpower, and more. This edition also includes three chapters on industrial sequencing for tool scheduling on NC machine, component tape assemblies on a sequencer, and a sequencing feeder for component tape assembly.

Serving a dual purpose, this book is written for novices who want to learn the basics of discrete simulation and professionals who wish to use discrete event simulation to model systems. The authors assume that the reader has a fundamental familiarity with modeling concepts and Excel; however, they do not assume prior programming experience. Organized into three parts, the book presents the concepts of discrete simulation, covers the Design Environment for Event Driven Simulation (DEEDS), and discusses a variety of applications using DEEDS. The DEEDS research features are demonstrated and genetic algorithm techniques are integrated into the DEEDS environment to produce a powerful tool.

Catalog no. 44206, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4420-1 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 560 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Catalog no. AU6744, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6744-6 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 536 pp. Suggested Price: $124.95 / £69.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 45

12/19/08 10:21:48 AM

For more information and a complete list Textbook

Systemic Yoyos Operations Research / Plant Engineering 46

Some Impacts of the Second Dimension

Assembly Automation and Product Design Second Edition

Yi Lin

Geoffrey Boothroyd

Series: Systems Evaluation, Prediction and Decision-Making, 5

Series: Manufacturing Engineering and Materials Processing

Written by the co-creator of the systemic yoyo model, this book shows how the yoyo model and its methodology can be employed to study many unsettled or extremely difficult problems in modern science and technology. After covering the theoretical and empirical foundations of the systemic yoyo model, the author applies the yoyo model to Newtonian physics, planetary motions, mathematics, economics, finance, corporate governance, and the structure of human thoughts. He also demonstrates how the yoyo model can provide specific engineering designs for long-term disaster reduction and useful methods for forecasting zero-probability disastrous weather systems.

The design for assembly (DFA) method has become a widely used way for companies to introduce competitive designs at reduced costs. This text places the consideration and application of automatic assembly in the context of DFA, addressing product design for both automated and manual assembly processes. The author enumerates the components, processes, performance, and comparative economics of several types of automatic assembly systems. To this end, the book includes specific information on equipment such as transfer devices, parts feeders, feed tracks, placing mechanisms, and robots. This is an ideal reference and guide for manufacturing, product design, mechanical, and industrial engineers.

Catalog no. AU8820, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8820-5 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 410 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £72.99

Catalog no. DK4006, ISBN: 978-1-57444-643-2 2005, 6 x 9, 536 pp. Suggested Price: $144.95 / £79.99

Nanjing University of Aeronautics and Astronautics, China

Uncertainty Modeling and Analysis in Engineering and the Sciences Bilal M. Ayyub

Boothroyd Dewhurst Inc., Wakefield, Rhode Island, USA

Autonomous Maintenance DVD Set

George J. Klir

Shopfloor TPM Implementation

Based on the authors’ first-hand experiences, Uncertainty Modeling and Analysis in Engineering and the Sciences serves as a singlesource reference and text on the theory, background, and history of the subject. This book provides guidance on the use of uncertainty modeling and analysis methods by presenting the historical, theoretical, and philosophical bases behind suggested methods. It offers critical reviews, advantages, disadvantages, and limitations of the methods discussed. Presenting broad and comprehensive coverage of the subject, the text also includes numerous case studies, examples, problems, figures, and tables as well as an extensive reference list.

In the Autonomous Maintenance video training series, readers learn how to unleash the hidden potential on the shopfloor and dramatically lower production costs. Each video goes inside American companies that have successfully introduced autonomous maintenance. Managers, shopfloor maintenance workers, and team leaders describe how AM worked for them. Employees from both discrete manufacturing and the process industry share their methods and successes in implementing autonomous maintenance. This video set covers the seven-step process for implementing autonomous maintenance and demonstrates the benefits of involving all employees in maintenance activities.

Catalog no. C6447, ISBN: 978-1-58488-644-0 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 400 pp. Suggested Price: $97.95 / £54.99

Catalog no. PP7337, ISBN: 978-1-56327-337-7 2006, Video Suggested Price: $1999.00 / £1111.00

University of Maryland, College Park, USA SUNY at Binghamton, New York, USA

Productivity Press, New York, USA

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 46

12/19/08 10:21:49 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Autonomous Maintenance for Operators Edited by

The Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance

Kumar Rayaprolu

Productivity soars when operators are positively involved in maintaining their own equipment. For supervisors, TPM coordinators, and equipment operators, this book provides guidance and case studies on autonomous maintenance. Activity boards, photos, cartoons, and actual examples demonstrate the benefits that can be reaped from encouraging the development of informed, motivated operators who take ownership of their equipment. Operators learn skills to keep machinery running smoothly, ways to inspect for problems during routine cleaning, ideas for containing damaging debris, tips for effective lubrication, and how to use activity boards, meetings, and one-point lessons to promote TPM goals.

Written by an experienced boiler professional, this text is an invaluable reference for practicing engineers. After providing the necessary theoretical framework of topics involved in boiler technology, this book describes the practical aspects of industrial and utility boilers, including contemporary boiler constructional and various firing technologies. Broad in scope, this work will assist power consultants looking to purchase boiler plants, while providing operating engineers with a thorough grounding in the mechanics of various boilers. It will also provide designers with state-of-the art information on the newest construction features and design improvements.

Catalog no. PP7082, ISBN: 978-1-56327-082-6 1998, 7 x 10, 144 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

Autonomous Maintenance in Seven Steps

Catalog no. 75365, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7536-6 February 2009, 7 x 10, 804 pp. Suggested Price: $139.95 / £77.99

The Design and Layout of Fire Sprinkler Systems

Implementing TPM on the Shop Floor

Plant Engineering

Boilers for Power and Process

Second Edition

Fumio Gotoh and Masaji Tajiri

Mark Bromann

Senior Engineering Technician, Illinois, USA

Illustrated with examples from Toyota, Asai Glass, Bridgestone, Hitachi, and other top companies, this book comprehensively covers all seven steps of autonomous maintenance (AM). It provides an overview of AM features and checklists for step audits to certify team achievement at each step. The author discusses Total Productive Maintenance (TPM) basics such as the six big losses, overall equipment effectiveness (OEE), causes of losses, and six major TPM activities. He includes an implementation plan for TPM and five countermeasures for achieving zero breakdowns, useful guidelines and case studies in applying AM to manual work such as assembly, inspection, and material handling.

A fire prevention engineer with more than 20 years of experience provides a complete, systematic introduction to automatic fire sprinkler design and layout, from design basics, code requirements, and pipe hanging to hydraulic calculations, retrofits, and details on fire pumps. He outlines all of a designer’s responsibilities and includes an entire chapter dedicated to preparing for the NICET exam. With more than 150 sample diagrams, checklists, sample forms, spec sheets, photographs, and a glossary complementing the text, the book not only builds the foundation and skills of newcomers to the field but also provides an outstanding reference for seasoned professionals.

Catalog no. PP7219, ISBN: 978-1-56327-219-6 1999, 6 x 9, 352 pp. Suggested Price: $52.95 / £29.99

Catalog no. TX242, ISBN: 978-1-58716-024-0 2001, 8-1/2 x 11, 304 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $195.95 / £109.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 47

12/19/08 10:21:49 AM

For more information and a complete list

Food Plant Sanitation

Plant Engineering

Design, Maintenance, and Good Manufacturing Practices

Industrial Process Sensors

Michael M. Cramer

David M. Scott

Food Plant Sanitation: Design, Maintenance, and Good Manufacturing Practices provides information on how to create and design an effective food sanitation system. It includes the regulatory requirements of food plant sanitation; identifies microorganisms of food manufacturing concern; and explores the benefits of sanitary design, effective sanitation practices, and the means of verifying sanitation. It also identifies sanitary practices for plant personnel and defines the means of preventing chemical and physical food safety hazards through sanitation. Including photographs, diagrams, and tables, this text is an excellent reference for all food safety and food quality personnel.

As manufacturing processes become more complex, new types of sensors are needed to run them. Typical processes now require measurement of film thickness, particle size, solids concentration, and contamination detection. Industrial Process Sensors explores the physical theory, design, and final implementation of sensors used to control industrial manufacturing processes. Based on the author’s experience in the chemical process industry, this book also examines measurement sensitivity and illustrates real-world applications by providing results from actual plant installations of advanced process sensors.

Food Safety & Quality Assurance, Specialty Brands, Inc.

Catalog no. 4197, ISBN: 978-0-8493-4197-7 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 304 pp. Suggested Price: $154.95 / £86.00

Industrial Boilers and Heat Recovery Steam Generators

48 Design, Applications,

and Calculations V. Ganapathy

DuPont Central Research & Development, Wilmington, Delaware, USA

Catalog no. 44168, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4416-4 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 256 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

Textbook

Instrumentation for Process Measurement and Control

ABCO Industries, Abilene, Texas, USA

Third Edition

Series: Dekker Mechanical Engineering, 149

Norman A. Anderson

Filled with over 225 boiler/HRSG operation and design problems, this book covers steam generators and related systems used in process plants, refineries, chemical plants, electrical utilities, and other industrial settings. Emphasizing the thermal engineering aspects, the author provides information on the design and performance of steam generators and heat recovery boilers. He helps those involved in development understand which questions to ask when selecting a steam generator for their project. The book includes many easyto-use calculations and effectively explains the theory behind the design and performance of all types of boilers, superheaters, and economizers, including specialty boilers.

The best-selling third edition of Norman A. Anderson’s Instrumentation for Process Measurement and Control contains fully updated material on new equipment and probes further into topics introduced in previous editions. This outstanding and practical reference for both students and practitioners introduces the fields of process measurement and feedback control and bridges the gap between basic technology and more sophisticated systems that offer promise for the future. Keeping mathematics to a minimum, the material meets the needs of the instrumentation engineer or technician who must learn how equipment operates.

Catalog no. DK1998, ISBN: 978-0-8247-0814-6 2003, 6 x 9, 646 pp. Suggested Price: $249.95 / £139.00

Catalog no. CH9871, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9871-1 1998, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 512 pp. Suggested Price: $93.95 / £51.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 48

12/19/08 10:21:50 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

OEE for Operators

Practical Lubrication for Industrial Facilities Second Edition

Overall Equipment Effectiveness

Heinz P. Bloch

The Productivity Development Team

LTC Consulting, Inc

Consulting Engineer, West Des Moines, Iowa, USA

Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE) is a crucial measure in TPM that reports on how well equipment is running. It factors three elements — the time the machine is actually running, the quantity of products the machine is turning out, and the quantity of good output — into a single combined score. Directly addressing those who are best positioned to track and improve the effectiveness of equipment, OEE for Operators defines basic concepts and then provides a systematic explanation of how OEE should be applied to maximize a piece of equipment’s productivity and recognize when its efficiency is being compromised.

This new edition of Practical Lubrication for Industrial Facilities provides revised information on synthesized hydrocarbons and oil mist lubrication and addresses the full scope of industrial lubricants, including general purpose oils, hydraulic fluids, food-grade and environmentally friendly lubricants, synthetic lubricants, greases, pastes, waxes and tribosystems. The book also includes coverage of lubrication strategies for electric motor bearings, gear lubrication, compressors and gas engines, and steam and gas turbines. Other topics include proper lubricant handling and storage and effective industrial plant oil analysis practices.

Catalog no. PP7221, ISBN: 978-1-56327-221-9 2000, 7 x 10, 96 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

Catalog no. FP7151, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7151-1 January 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 500 pp. Suggested Price: $179.95 / £95.00

Plant Engineers and Managers Guide to Energy Conservation Ninth Edition Albert Thumann

Plant Engineering

Ray Thibault

Practical Plant Failure Analysis

A Guide to Understanding Machinery Deterioration and Improving Equipment Reliability

Neville W. Sachs, P.E.

Executive Director, Association of Energy Engineers

Sachs, Salvaterra & Associates Inc., Syracuse, New York, USA

Scott C. Dunning

University of Maine, Orono, USA

Series: Dekker Mechanical Engineering, 202

Completely revised and updated, this ninth edition of a bestseller covers both management and technical strategies which can be used to slash energy costs by as much as 40% in industrial facilities. It covers cogeneration, gas distributed generation technologies, steam system optimization, geothermal heat pumps, energy outsourcing, electricity purchasing strategies, and power quality case studies. It supplies ready-to-apply guidelines for life cycle costing, electrical system optimization, lighting and HVAC system efficiency improvement, mechanical and process system performance, building energy loss reduction, financing energy projects, and more.

Providing a clear explanation of the major failure mechanisms and how to identify them, Practical Plant Failure Analysis describes mechanisms, wear, corrosion, overload, and fatigue. Showing how the failure mechanisms appear in components such as shafts, bearings, and gears, it examines many of the critical operating details in an accessible manner and offers charts that illustrate how to identify specific failure. Additional coverage includes physical failure analysis, basic materials properties, differences between ductile and brittle overload failures, high- and low-cycle fatigue, lubrication, ball and roller bearings, fastener failures, V-belts, and synchronous belts.

Catalog no. FP5246, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5246-6 2008, 6 x 9, 450 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Catalog no. DK768X, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3376-7 2007, 7 x 10, 288 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 49

12/19/08 10:21:51 AM

For more information and a complete list

Practical TPM

Successful Equipment Management at Agilent Technologies James A. Leflar

Plant Engineering 50

Sound and Vibrations of Positive Displacement Compressors

Agilent Technologies, Inc., Fort Collins, Colorado, USA

Werner Soedel

Filled with annotated photographs and illustrations documenting Agilent’s successful program, this book offers an invaluable roadmap to TPM implementation. Drawing on his experience at Agilent, the author explains the fundamental concepts of TPM, including the six basic principles, goals, and cultural changes that result from TPM, and keys to successful implementation. He describes, in step-by-step detail, the evolution of Agilent’s TPM program, clearly defining and demonstrating each phase. The book focuses on developing a vision and a strategy for successful TPM programs. It includes master checklists, forms, and appendices with examples of maintenance training materials.

Based on more than 30 years of research and practical experience, this book is the first to combine theory and design guidelines dedicated solely to positive displacement compressors. After introducing the sound- and vibration-producing mechanisms common to different types of compressors, the author discusses free and forced vibrations of compressor housing shells, mainly for hermetically sealed compressors. He then examines vibration in casings and other components, such as suction and discharge tubes, and surging in coil springs. Detailed chapters explore the design and vibrations of automatic plate or reed valves as well as the analysis and design of suction and discharge mufflers.

Catalog no. PP7242, ISBN: 978-1-56327-242-4 2001, 7 x 10, 384 pp. Suggested Price: $57.95 / £31.99

Catalog no. 7049, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7049-6 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 343 pp. Suggested Price: $175.95 / £98.00

Production and Operations Management Edited by

Vijay Kumar Khurana

Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana, USA

Steam Turbines for Modern Fossil-Fuel Power Plants

Rukukmani Devi Institute of Advanced Studies, Delhi, India

Alexander S. Leyzerovich

As an authoritative presentation of activities, functions, and concepts of production and operations management activities, this reference work begins with the nature and scope of production management, guiding step-by-step through production activities, such as process and service design, facilities and plant location, layout planning, and materials planning. It also covers production planning and control and materials requirements. As a comprehensive manual for industrial engineers in a variety of fields, the book illustrates long-, medium-, and short-term production activities, as well as support functions and advanced management concepts, making it an essential resource.

Presenting the newest approaches to the design and operation of steam turbines, this book also explores modern techniques for refurbishment of aging units. It covers recent engineering breakthroughs and new approaches to transient operating conditions. An authoritative guide for power plant engineers, operators, owners and designers, this book also provides improved information support for operational personnel. It evaluates the most important new design and operational improvement opportunities for the full spectrum of today’s steam turbines.

Catalog no. AB7048, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7048-4 April 2009, 7-3/8 x 9-1/4, 400 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £60.99

Power Engineering Consultant

Catalog no. FP6102, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6102-4 2008, 6 x 9, 350 pp. Suggested Price: $114.95 / £63.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 50

12/19/08 10:21:52 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

TPM in Process Industries

TPM for Every Operator

Edited by

Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance and TPM General Research Institute

TPM for Every Operator covers the information that needs to be communicated to operators when facilitating a company-wide TPM initiative. It covers the main aspects of TPM, introducing frontline workers to this important manufacturing strategy that encourages them to participate in and even initiate routine maintenance that can help extend machine life and prevent stoppages. Based on actual implementations, this book addresses the challenges that TPM often raises for operators. Concise and accessible, it can be used as part of an extensive TPM training program, especially when paired with the TPM guide for workshop leaders. Catalog no. PP7080, ISBN: 978-1-56327-080-2 1996, 7 x 10, 137 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

Process industries urgently need collaborative equipment management systems but until now have lacked programs directed toward their specific needs. TPM in Process lndustries brings together top consultants from the Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance to modify the original TPM Development Program. In this volume, they demonstrate how to analyze process environments and equipment issues including process loss structure and calculation, autonomous maintenance, equipment and process improvement, and quality maintenance. For all organizations managing large equipment, facing low operator/machine ratios, or implementing extensive improvement, this text is an invaluable resource.

Plant Engineering

Tokutaro Suzuki

The Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance, Tokyo

Catalog no. PP7036, ISBN: 978-1-56327-036-9 1994, 8-1/2 x 11, 416 pp. Suggested Price: $93.95 / £51.99

TPM for Supervisors

TPM Team Guide

The Productivity Press Development Team

Edited by

Shirose Kunio

To see the benefits of advanced manufacturing methods, they must be practiced consistently and proficiently by the entire workforce. Demonstrating a simple, low-cost way to get everyone on board quickly, this book presents methods and hands-on activities that shopfloor teams can use to maximize equipment effectiveness. It provides an overview of the basic features and the implementation process in an easy-to-follow presentation. With a focus on the important role of supervisors in maximizing equipment effectiveness, the book covers the causes of breakdowns and defects, autonomous maintenance activities in production, and companywide understanding and cooperation.

A practical guide to improving company performance and building a satisfying workplace, this book makes TPM activities understandable to everyone in the company. It explores how to develop the teambased skills required for successful implementation and the basic elements of improvement activities. The book explains basic TPM concepts and emphasizes the integration of TPM activities with production management. The author covers the team-based improvement process step-by-step, from goal to standardization of the improved operations. He discusses how to hold effective meetings, tools for team problem solving, and the steps for preparing a good presentation of results.

Catalog no. PP7161, ISBN: 978-1-56327-161-8 1997, 7 x 10, 96 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

Catalog no. PP7079, ISBN: 978-1-56327-079-6 1996, 7 x 10, 176 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 51

12/19/08 10:21:52 AM

For more information and a complete list Uptime Plant Engineering / Production Systems

Strategies for Excellence in Maintenance Management, Second Edition John D. Campbell

Handbook of Manufacturing Engineering Second Edition, Four-Volume Set Edited by

Richard Crowson

Consultant, Melbourne, Florida, USA

Toronto, Canada

James V. Reyes-Picknell

Conscious Asset Management, Toronto, Canada

Series: Manufacturing Engineering and Materials Processing

In the competitive marketplace, the flow of goods must not be hindered by avoidable obstacles such as maintenance downtime. Revised and expanded, this new edition provides current insight into successful strategies for managers, maintenance, and nonmaintenance professionals alike. Updated topics cover current trends in technology, reliability maintenance improvements, and the challenges of finding qualified maintenance personnel due to an aging labor force. In addition, it gives a thorough review of what it takes to achieve excellence in maintenance. It treating this technical topic, it links a variety of seemingly disparate and competing concepts into a single simple strategy.

Thanks to trends and technologies that have developed over the last decade since the first, successful edition of this handbook was published, the Handbook of Manufacturing Engineering, Second Edition has expanded into four volumes. Each volume stands well on its own; combined, they provide the most comprehensive and thorough coverage available. They may be purchased individually, for the specialist in need of a focused treatment, or as a set at a substantially reduced priced and enclosed in an attractive slipcase. The volumes collectively cover product design and factory development; factory operations, including planning, parts fabrication; and automated and manual assembly processes.

Catalog no. PP7335, ISBN: 978-1-56327-335-3 2006, 6 x 9, 384 pp. Suggested Price: $46.95 / £25.99

Catalog no. DK3135, ISBN: 978-0-8247-2341-5 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 2830 pp. Suggested Price: $154.95 / £86.00

Kaizen Assembly 52

Advances in Apparel Production Edited by

Designing, Constructing, and Managing a Lean Assembly Line Chris A. Ortiz

C. Fairhurst

Manchester Metropolitan University, UK

Senior Lean Consultant, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, USA

Drawing on the experience of a distinguished editor and an international team of contributors, this book discusses the technological improvements transforming the speed, flexibility, and productivity of the industry. It reviews advances in apparel design, then discusses fabric and garment drape, computer-aided color matching, yarn design, and pattern making. The coverage includes key issues in apparel sizing and fit, and the role of 3-D body scanning in improving garment fit and design. Building on this foundation, the book goes on to survey advances in production, beginning with product development before looking at advances in knitting, sewing, printing, finishing, and fabric inspection.

Kaizen Assembly shows readers how to design, construct, and manage a world-class assembly process. The book covers time and motion studies, waste reduction, standard work, 5S, line balancing, quality at the source, and workstation and assembly line design. Using an electric bike as the product, the author designs and constructs an actual assembly line within the text, allowing readers to better understand the process. The book presents testing, inspecting, and packaging workstations, along with a ten workstation main assembly line, one subassembly feeder line, and a subassembly work cell. It contains figures and illustrations, including workstation-specific pictures of the bike as it is built.

Catalog no. WP7602, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7602-8 2008, 6 x 9, 328 pp. Suggested Price: $239.95 / £125.00

Catalog no. 7187, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7187-5 2006, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 264 pp. Suggested Price: $88.95 / £49.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 52

12/19/08 10:21:53 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Visualizing Objectives, Deliverables, Activities, and Schedules

Samuel L. Belcher

Dennis P. Miller

Sabel Plastechs, Inc., Moscow, Ohio, USA

PMP, Pinehurst, North Carolina, USA

Series: Plastics Engineering, 71

Series: ESI International Project Management

In a straight-forward approach, this book explores the entire industry from conception, design, costing, tooling, and machinery to troubleshooting, testing, and daily production. With information for both the novice investor and the plastic industry expert, this concise text is reinforced with pictures, charts, and figures. The author, a highly knowledgeable industry insider and a member of “The Plastics Hall of Fame,” discusses the history of the industry as well as its daily workings. He instructs in product and tooling design as well as material and machine selection, explaining advantages and disadvantages, elaborating on efficiencies that can be realized.

Unlike other books in this area, this resource not only shows readers what they can do, but shows them how to do it. An organizing, visual communication, team-building, commitment-gaining, and project planning tool, the work breakdown structure (WBS) helps project managers communicate with their teams, clients, and management. This book provides an eight step process that facilitates the development of the WBS. The process defines the project through its deliverables and validates the initial target date by critical path analysis. The result is a clear visualization of the project’s objectives, deliverables, activities, and schedule.

Catalog no. DK2759, ISBN: 978-0-8247-5791-5 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 184 pp. Suggested Price: $83.95 / £46.99

Catalog no. AU6969, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6969-3 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 264 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $49.95 / £27.99

Process Oriented Analysis

Design and Optimization of Industrial Production Systems Urs B. Meyer, Simone E. Creux, and Andrea K. Weber Marin

The Complete Project Management Methodology and Toolkit

Production Systems / Project Management

Practical Guide To Injection Blow Molding

Building a Project Work Breakdown Structure

Gerard M. Hill

Federal Institute of Technology, Zurich, Switzerland

Principal, Hill Consulting Group, Woodbridge, Virginia, USA

Presenting a powerful yet easy-to-follow method, this book offers clear and practical guidance on applying Process Oriented Analysis (POA) to any type of manufacturing operation. It outlines the principles of POA and demonstrates the application of these concepts using actual case studies. The authors first introduce the diagrams and analytical tools used in POA to represent both the static structure and dynamic behavior of the system. They then demonstrate how to translate the diagram components into usable source code. Software for generating these types of diagrams is available for download from the Internet, along with a thorough tutorial that includes questions and interactive case studies.

Written by one of the nation’s most highly regarded project management mentors, The Complete Project Management Methodology and Toolkit provides a combined project and business management solution that any can be readily applied in any industry by both novice and certified project managers. Aligned with common business practices, Gerald Hill’s method shows how to keep on schedule, maintain areas of responsibility, and evaluate a job’s progress from conception to completion. The text also offers a methodology implementation guide that gives additional insight into the recommended activities that can be customized to meet the needs of individual organizations.

Catalog no. 7494, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7494-4 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 521 pp. Suggested Price: $97.95 / £54.99

Catalog no. K10095, ISBN: 978-1-4398-0154-3 June 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 288 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 53

12/19/08 10:21:54 AM

For more information and a complete list The Complete Project Management Office Handbook Second Edition Gerard M. Hill

Determining Project Requirements

Project Management

Principal, Hill Consulting Group, Woodbridge, Virginia, USA

Hans Jonasson

Series: ESI International Project Management

The second edition of a bestseller extends the concepts and considerations of modern project management into the realm of project management oversight, control, and support. Recognizing the need for a centralized organizational entity — the project management office (PMO) — to perform in this capacity, this book considers five stages of PMO along a competency continuum, establishing the depth of its functional responsibility. This revised edition also presents twenty functional models that can be used to guide deliberation and development of PMO operational capability. The text provides a starting point for readers to resolve their specific project management needs.

Determining Project Requirements provides a generalized set of repeatable processes designed to ensure communication between customers and developers. It covers the role of the business analyst, the evolution of business analysis, and standard setting forces in the industry. It uses a fictional example to demonstrate the range of general, rather than specific, techniques and gives a broad overview of a multitude of business analysis issues to facilitate selection of the best approach for various projects. There are built-in exercises, best practices, tools, and templates, and general and customizable solutions, as well as two examples of the Business Requirements Document.

Catalog no. AU4680, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4680-9 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 752 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £51.99

Catalog no. AU4502, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4502-4 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 320 pp. Suggested Price: $62.95 / £34.99

JTC Unlimited, Shelby Twp., Michigan, USA

Configuration Management

54 Implementation, Principles,

and Applications for Manufacturing Industries Joseph Sorrentino

Effective Communications for Project Management

Lean Quality Systems, Dana Point, California, USA

Ralph L. Kliem, PMP

This authoritative guide emphasizes that configuration management is driven by designers, not by the often unpredictable whims of endusers. It also addresses ways to overcome missing tribal wisdom – the tendency to fall into the new-newer-newest syndrome, always looking for the next great technology or software. The book contains more than 60 reader-friendly tables, figures, and checklists to help bolster understanding and provides unprecedented overview of this groundbreaking management style. The text presents case studies in which an understanding of configuration management principles would have saved valuable time and financial resources.

This book examines elements of the communications process and describes the role that the Project Management Information System (PMIS) has in helping project managers become better communicators. Examining how personality effects communications, the book details the seven elements of effective communications: applying active and effective listening; preparing the communications and establishing an issues management process; drafting and publishing documentation; conducting meetings; giving effective presentations; developing and deploying a project website; and building a project war room. Each chapter contains examples and checklists that can be adapted to each reader’s environment.

Catalog no. 75128, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7512-0 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 105 pp. Suggested Price: $69.95 / £38.99

Senior Project Manager, Fortune 500 Firm

Catalog no. AU6246, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6246-5 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 240 pp. Suggested Price: $73.95 / £40.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 54

12/19/08 10:21:55 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Exploiting Positive Risk David Hillson

Risk Doctor & Partners, Petersfield, UK

Global Engineering Project Management M. Kemal Atesmen

Series: Center for Business Practices, 6

Independent Consultant, Santa Barbara, California, USA

With step-by-step guidelines, this book unveils a revolutionary approach to the management of project opportunities by expanding the traditional risk management process to address opportunities alongside threats. It offers valuable tools and techniques that expose and capture opportunities, minimize threats, and deal effectively with all types of uncertainty in readers’ business and projects. The author answers questions and assists in the development of a structured framework for opportunity management; the identification, exploration, and capture of opportunities; overcoming weaknesses in the existing risk management process; and understanding key issues in opportunity management.

Engineering projects that cover multiple countries, politics, cultures, and different standards add additional challenges to the tasks of a project manager. This book aligns real-world experiences in international project management with practical project management principals. The book discusses all phases of an international project with real case examples. Written as a hands-on reference, it shows how to anticipate and prepare for upcoming challenges, covering everything from start-up planning and post-project evaluation to concerns over supply management, cost containment, and intellectual property. Every chapter contains a checklist to remind managers of issues they must prepare for or oversee.

Catalog no. DK2925, ISBN: 978-0-8247-4808-1 2004, 6 x 9, 340 pp. Suggested Price: $164.95 / £92.00

Catalog no. AU7393, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7393-5 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 168 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £44.99

Effective Project Management Through Applied Cost and Schedule Control Edited by

Industrial Project Management Concepts, Tools, and Techniques Adedeji B. Badiru

Air Force Institute of Technology, Dayton, Ohio, USA

James Bent

Bountiful, Utah, USA

Kenneth K. Humphreys

Abidemi Badiru and Adetokunboh Badiru

Consultant, Granite Falls, North Carolina, USA

General Motors, Northville, Michigan, USA

Series: Cost Engineering, 26

Series: Industrial Innovation

This work outlines a state-of-the-art project control and trending program, focusing on advanced applied-cost and schedule-control skills for all phases of a project at both owner and contractor level. It contains information on the three major aspects of the total project program: the techniques and procedures utilized for a project; the experience and analytical ability of project personnel; and the commitment and teamwork of a project group.

A practical guide, this book details the value of project management when applied to industrial enterprises. It takes an integrated approach, focusing specifically on industrial applications. The authors cover the concepts, tools, and techniques, both the emerging and the tried-and-true, of project management. The elements of the Project Management Body of Knowledge provide a unifying platform for the topics discussed. The authors also include a project-oriented chapter on Lean Six Sigma and appendices on project terms, definitions, and acronyms. The book delineates the processes necessary for using project management to mitigate the adverse effects of time, cost, and performance constraints.

Catalog no. DK5378, ISBN: 978-0-8247-9715-7 1996, 8-1/2 x 11, 476 pp. Suggested Price: $144.95 / £79.99

Project Management

Effective Opportunity Management for Projects

Catalog no. 8773, ISBN: 978-0-8493-8773-9 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 320 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99 Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 55

12/19/08 10:21:55 AM

For more information and a complete list Lean Performance ERP Project Management

Implementing the Virtual Lean Enterprise, Second Edition Brian J. Carroll

Practical Guide to Project Planning

Project Management

Performance Improvement Consulting Inc., Downers Grove, Illinois, USA

Ricardo Viana Vargas

Series: Resource Management

Series: ESI International Project Management

Lean Performance ERP Project Management: Implementing the Virtual Lean Enterprise, Second Edition presents a Lean business process design and implementation project management methodology that integrates strategy, people, process, information technology, and Lean to manage the project implementation of the Virtual Lean Enterprise. This book uses a conversational tone to facilitate understanding of concepts. It demonstrates the need to connect Lean Performance with IT to achieve maximum Lean benefits. It discusses the best business process methodologies and how to integrate them. The text also features a Lean tool kit that requires participation from all departments of an organization.

This practical, hands-on guide covers how to jumpstart project planning in any organization. Easy-to-follow examples demonstrate how to create the documentation and reports needed to develop and to execute project plans. This book is filled with insightful tips on using the most popular project management tools and software, including Mindmanager for initial planning sessions, Milestone Project Companion for report generation, and Microsoft Project, the most widely used tool for project planning. With templates that can be customized to any type of project, Practical Guide to Project Planning also presents standard project planning processes and principles that comply with PMI’s PMBOK® 3.0.

Catalog no. AU0532, ISBN: 978-0-8493-0532-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 456 pp. Suggested Price: $73.95 / £40.99

Catalog no. AU4504, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4504-8 2008, 8-1/2 x 11, 232 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $52.95 / £29.99

Macrosolutions SA, Belo Horizonte, Brazil

Project and Cost Engineers’ Handbook

Managing Global Development Risk

Fourth Edition Edited by

Kenneth K. Humphreys

James M. Hussey and Steven E. Hall

Consultant, Granite Falls, North Carolina, USA

Technology Partners International Inc.

Series: Cost Engineering

Over the past several years, there has been increasing concern over the growth of offshore outsourcing. The challenge now lies in how to embrace this inevitable trend in order to address issues of global development. This book provides the tools, techniques, and knowledge necessary to achieve project success with offshore resources. This comprehensive text discusses initiating, planning, executing, controlling, and closing global development projects. In addition, it explores offshore trends as well as the emergence of global development managers. The book also includes an accompanying CD-ROM with project templates.

Retaining the valuable and reader-friendly features of previous editions, this expanded fourth edition of the Project and Cost Engineers’ Handbook incorporates discussions of international project considerations, project risk analysis and contingency, ethical considerations, and the effect of the Internet on project and cost engineering work. It also examines the increased reliance on software by project and cost engineers, offers a detailed checklist of actions that must be taken to assure the successful completion of an international project, and presents updated information on AACE International certification programs in the field of project and cost engineering.

Catalog no. AU5520, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5520-7 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 256 pp. Suggested Price: $73.95 / £40.99

Catalog no. DK1210, ISBN: 978-0-8247-5746-5 2005, 6 x 9, 360 pp. Suggested Price: $97.95 / £54.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 56

12/19/08 10:21:56 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Project Management in the Fast Lane Applying the Theory of Constraints

Project Management of Complex and Embedded Systems Ensuring Product Integrity and Program Quality Kim H. Pries

Consultant, Wellingford, Connecticut, USA

Stoneridge Electronics North America, El Paso, Texas, USA

Series: The CRC Press Series on Constraints Management, 6

Jon M. Quigley

This manual details proven methods for turning around chronically late, over budget, underperforming projects. It explains how TOC tools can be applied to achieve effective solutions in virtually any environment. It describes the CCPM scheduling approach, considered the most significant development in project scheduling in the last 30 years. It offers ways to improve on-time completion of projects while decreasing completion time without significantly increasing expenses. These tools will help project managers in manufacturing, construction, and new product development find efficient, practical, and sound solutions to management issues.

Featuring techniques from the Department of Defense and the automotive industry, Project Management of Complex Embedded Systems: Ensuring Product Integrity and Program Quality explains how to deliver a reliable, complex system or product to market. The book provides a step-by-step tutorial on how to secure quality in complex products by incorporating various techniques for embedded software development. Each step in the development process is covered in detail with supplementary case studies that illustrate potential challenges in each phase of development and provide a base for deriving future solutions.

Catalog no. SL1957, ISBN: 978-1-57444-195-6 1998, 6 x 9, 320 pp. Suggested Price: $67.95 / £37.99

Catalog no. AU7205, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7205-1 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 376 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Project Management Maturity Model Second Edition J. Kent Crawford

Center for Business Practices, Havertown, Pennsylvania, USA

Volvo Trucks, Greensboro, North Carolina, USA

Project Management

Robert C. Newbold

Project Management Recipes for Success Guy L. De Furia

Series: Center for Business Practices

Series: ESI International Project Management

This book provides insight into the tools and practices that allow an organization to meet project goals on time and cost effectively. It includes best practices for determining portfolio maturity, setting short-term priorities, and tracking progress. This edition also provides new and revised materials; including our new Project Portfolio Management Maturity Model. The author describes project management maturity, offers a brief description of the Model, while also defining the levels of project management maturity. He devotes a chapter to each of the nine project management knowledge areas specified in the Project Management Institute’s standard.

Grounded in practicality, this book explains the procedures for running a successful project and highlights the finer points of managing and controlling the project. Written specifically for those responsible for the hands-on managing of projects, it is also useful to program managers and senior executives. Project managers get the confidence that comes from following a recipe for success and program managers understand the many activities their project managers must perform to achieve a well-disciplined project. Senior managers gain a perspective of the approach necessary at the beginning of a project to reduce the number of ill-advised projects and the effort required to achieve successful projects.

Catalog no. AU7945, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7945-1 2007, 6 x 9, 235 pp. Suggested Price: $83.95 / £46.99

Catalog no. AU8240, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7824-4 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 264 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $49.95 / £27.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 57

12/19/08 10:21:56 AM

For more information and a complete list

A Standard for Enterprise Project Management Michael S. Zambruski

The Strategic Project Leader

Mastering Service-Based Project Leadership Jack Ferraro

Project Management

TBA&P, LLC, Cheshire, Connecticut, USA

Project Management Leadership Training, Manassas, Virginia, USA

Series: ESI International Project Management

Series: Center for Business Practices

From enterprise vision and mission to business requirements to project initiation and management to operations, this practical guide explains each of the basic elements needed for project success and integrates them into a balanced life-cycle continuum. It includes a decision tree for determining the most appropriate level of project documentation, describes an integrated risk management and escalation policy, and contains more than two dozen templates and completed samples of key project management tools, such as a comprehensive statement of work template. The author offers a fullcolor version of the book as well as bonus items on a CD-ROM.

In addition to overseeing projects, today’s managers are expected to provide creative input and use their leadership to foster an environment that can respond rather than react to changing parameters and fluctuating objectives. This volume enables managers to develop the competencies and skills essential to creative leadership. It offers a practical framework that enables them to take charge of their own career development, while embracing and mastering the role of strategy leader. This book explores the attitudes and behaviors that define successful leaders so as to provide project managers with actionable advice on how to grow their own leadership skills.

Catalog no. AU7245, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7245-7 January 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 128 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $79.95 / £44.99

STEP Project Management

Guide for Science, 58 Technology, and Engineering Projects

Catalog no. AU8794, ISBN: 978-0-8493-8794-4 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 368 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £46.99

The Strategic Project Office

A Guide to Improving Organizational Performance

Adedeji B. Badiru

J. Kent Crawford

Series: Industrial Innovation

Series: Center for Business Practices

The importance of project management cannot be overestimated. Quite possibly, this nation’s future hinges on rapidly realizing the fruits of any number of scientific, technical, and engineering projects (STEP). This book introduces the specialized and highly regarded STEP Methodology using PMBOK™ as the platform for the topics covered. Incorporating the Triple C model, this comprehensive text presents tools and techniques for performance assessment; tracking, managing, and controlling project costs; and scheduling performance appraisal. The author covers such topics as technical planning, value system analysis, project integration, risk management, and organizational learning.

Describing the initiation, design, execution, and control of a strategic project office, this book provides step-by-step instructions for establishing a PMO. The author emphasizes cost management, cultural change, risk assessment, resource allocation, and skills tracking to increase project value, organizational efficiency, and productivity. He explores various aspects relating to planning and implementing the strategic project office and concludes by considering how to change the organizational culture to match the new organization. Concise and easy, The Strategic Project Office covers the many pitfalls and minefields and provides strategies for avoiding them.

Catalog no. 72358, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7235-8 April 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 520 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

Catalog no. DK1949, ISBN: 978-0-8247-0750-7 2002, 6 x 9, 388 pp. Suggested Price: $93.95 / £51.99

Air Force Institute of Technology, Dayton, Ohio, USA

Center for Business Practices, Havertown, Pennsylvania, USA

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 58

12/19/08 10:21:57 AM

Acceptance Sampling in Quality Control Supply Chain Project Management Second Edition

Second Edition

Edward G. Schilling

Rochester Institute of Technology, New York, USA

Dean V. Neubauer

James B. Ayers

Corning Incorporated, Horseheads, New York, USA

CGR Management Consultants, Playa del Rey, California, USA

Series: Statistics: A Series of Textbooks and Monographs

A guide for implementing strategic supply chain improvements, this book covers how to use best practices from project management to continuously improve the supply chain. Focusing on improving the SC competitiveness, the author discusses the use of project management skills to improve the collaboration and communication between suppliers and customers. He covers how to achieve company-wide agreement for directing change, innovations for collaborations to reduce material and process costs, and strategies to lower risk in undertaking difficult supply chain change. The incorporation of anecdotes from SC and project managers make this a practical resource.

Introducing the fundamentals of probability theory along with individual sampling plans, Acceptance Sampling in Quality Control provides state-of-the-art coverage of the most widely used acceptance sampling techniques. This second edition features a new chapter on sampling standards along with updated information on probability functions, sampling schemes, and new ASTM standards. Integrating theory with practice, this comprehensive, easy-to-use reference contains challenging problem sets at the end of each chapter as well as solutions for all problems at the end of the text. It also includes clear illustrations, examples using Minitab and Excel, and industry applications.

Catalog no. AU3929, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8392-7 July 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 388 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £48.99

Catalog no. C9527, ISBN: 978-1-58488-952-6 January 2009, 7 x 10 Suggested Price: $119.95 / £72.99

Project Management / Quality Control & Reliability

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Triple C Model of Project Management Communication, Cooperation, and Coordination

The Basics of FMEA

Second Edition

Adedeji B. Badiru

Robin McDermott, Raymond J. Mikulak, and Michael Beauregard

Air Force Institute of Technology, Dayton, Ohio, USA Series: Industrial Innovation

Resource Engineering, Tolland, Connecticut, USA

A comprehensive guide to the implementation of the Triple C Model of project management, this book presents the soft side of project management. It deals with fuzzy, ambiguous people issues subject to emotional nuances and sentimental knee-jerk reactions. Offering practical steps, this book presents real-world applications and case studies to illustrate the application of this model. This text provides coverage of techniques for tracking, managing, and controlling project costs as well as implementing the project management body of knowledge (PMBOK®). Schedule performance appraisals, project performance appraisals, and alternate project organization structures are also included.

Fully updated with enhanced methods to reflect the latest ISO 9000 and ISO/TS 16949 standards, The Basics of FMEA, Second Edition systematically assists developers and engineers in achieving quality and cost efficiency. It fully defines Failure Mode and Effect Analysis and provides a definitive ten-step method for its implementation illustrated by an extended case study. The book demonstrates how to involve all stakeholders in the process so as to identify and preemptively eliminate those product deficiencies that originate in production. With a long track record of success in the military and the automotive industry, FMEA is now being applied to production concerns across a variety of industries.

Catalog no. 5113X, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5113-1 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 224 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Catalog no. PP7377, ISBN: 978-1-56327-377-3 January 2009, 6 x 9, 90 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $15.00 / £7.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 59

12/19/08 10:21:58 AM

For more information and a complete list Bayesian Process Monitoring, Control and Optimization Edited by

Bianca M. Colosimo

Quality Control & Reliability

Politecnico di Milano, Italy

Enrique del Castillo

Design for Reliability Edited by

Pennsylvania State University, University Park, USA

Dana Crowe and Alec Feinberg

This reference presents a state-of-the-art survey of the applications of Bayesian statistics in process monitoring, control, and optimization. Addressing challenges faced by engineers, the book adopts Bayesian approaches for actual industrial practices. It solves these problems through modern computational techniques, such as Markov Chain Monte Carlo (MCMC) and other Monte Carlo simulationbased approaches. The book illustrates MCMC with the variance component model, using WinBUGS® and CODA. The authors also explore the advantages and the disadvantages of Bayesian techniques and frequentist approaches. Additional coverage includes inferential problems and response surface methods (RSM).

Design for Reliability provides a systematic approach to the design process that is sharply focused on reliability and firmly based on the physics of failure. It imparts an understanding of how, why, and when to use the wide variety of reliability engineering tools available and offers fundamental insight into the total design cycle. Applicable from the idea phase of the product development cycle through product obsolescence, Design for Reliability (DfR) concepts integrated with reliability verification and analytical physics form a coherent stage gate/phase design process that helps ensure that a product will meet customers’ reliability objectives.

Catalog no. C5440, ISBN: 978-1-58488-544-3 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 352 pp. Suggested Price: $97.95 / £54.99

Customer Satisfaction Planning

60 Ensuring Product Quality

M/A-COM/Tyco, Lowell, Massachusetts, USA

Catalog no. 1111, ISBN: 978-0-8493-1111-6 2001, 8-1/2 x 11, 256 pp. Suggested Price: $175.95 / £98.00

Engineering Design Reliability Applications For the Aerospace, Automotive and Ship Industries

and Safety Within Your MRP/ERP Systems

Edited by

Thomas T. Hirata

Dan M. Ghiocel

Torrance, California, USA

This book presents a progressive, cost-cutting efficiency system that builds on material requirement planning (MRP) and enterprise resource planning (ERP) to facilitate improved customer satisfaction. It illustrates how shifting the focus from inventory replenishment to customer service results in a better product, received exactly on time, and with actual cost. The author elaborates on the classic “5 Whys” technique as it applies to customer satisfaction planning (CSP), explains manufacturing system evolution, looks at how to establish and personalize the customer relationship as well as rate and forecast clients, and presents examples of CSP in action. Catalog no. PP3813, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8381-1 January 2009, 6 x 9, 112 pp. Suggested Price: $39.95 / £24.99

Efstratios Nikolaidis

University of Toledo, Ohio, USA Ghiocel Predictive Technologies, Pittsford, New York, USA

Suren Singhal

NASA Marshall Space Flight Center, Alabama, USA

Highlighting the competitive advantage available from using riskbased reliability design in the aerospace, automotive, defense, and shipbuilding industries, this book provides an overview of how to apply probabilistic approaches and reliability methods to practical engineering problems. Engineers from the industry and national labs as well as university researchers present success stories and quantify the benefits of reliability design for their organizations. They demonstrate how to convince colleagues and management of the potential benefits of these approaches in allowing their organizations to accrue significant benefits and increase dramatically their competitiveness. Catalog no. 51326, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5132-2 2008, 7 x 10, 376 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £72.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 60

12/19/08 10:21:58 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Engineering Design Reliability Handbook Edited by

Efstratios Nikolaidis Dan M. Ghiocel

Food Industry Quality Control Systems

Ghiocel Predictive Technologies, Pittsford, New York, USA

Suren Singhal

NASA Marshall Space Flight Center, Alabama, USA

Mark Clute

This book presents the perspectives of experts from the industry, national labs, and academia on non-deterministic approaches including probabilistic, interval and fuzzy sets-based methods, generalized information theory, Dempster-Shaffer evidence theory, and robust reliability. It includes coverage of advances in all important fields of reliability design including modeling of uncertainty, reliability assessment of both static and dynamic components and systems, design decision making in the face of uncertainty, and reliability validation. The book also discusses documented success stories and quantifies the benefits of these approaches.

With more than 100 tables, spreadsheets, and program outlines, Food Industry Quality Control Systems features all of the systems needed for food manufacturing facilities to assure food quality and safety. This book outlines the role of management in overall quality control and the role of HACCP within a company. It explains the basics of quality control programs including pest control programs, lot coding, organizational charts, specifications, supplier certification, and sanitation programs. An accompanying CDROM contains supporting programs in a “plug-and-play” format and adaptable forms with specific examples and resources that allow companies to customize forms to fit their own needs.

Turtle Mountain, LLC, Eugene, Oregon, USA

Catalog no. 1180, ISBN: 978-0-8493-1180-2 2005, 7 x 10, 1192 pp. Suggested Price: $154.95 / £86.00

Financial Justification of Nondestructive Testing Cost of Quality in Manufacturing Emmanuel P. Papadakis

Quality Control & Reliability

University of Toledo, Ohio, USA

Catalog no. 8028, ISBN: 978-0-8493-8028-0 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 536 pp. Suggested Price: $139.95 / £77.99

Guidelines for Process Hazards Analysis, Hazards Identification, and Risk Analysis

Quality Systems Concepts, Inc., New Holland, Pennsylvania, USA

Nigel Hyatt

Demonstrating how to apply financial formulas to prove or disprove the utility of 100% nondestructive testing (NDT), this book helps readers build the financial case for their NDT projects. It not only explains how 100% inspection by high-tech methods can save money for a manufacturing organization, but also how to justify this cost. Providing examples of successful NDT implementation drawn from factory situations, the author describes high-tech inspection technology in the context of modern ISO Quality Standards, TQM theory, and Statistical Process Control. Placing NDT in the historical context of quality and inspection, the book provides three methods of calculation for proving its validity.

This unique manual is a comprehensive, easy-to-read overview of hazards analysis as it applies to the process and allied industries. The book begins by building a background in the technical definition of risk, past industrial incidents and their impacts, ensuing legislation, and the language and terms of the risk field. It addresses the different types of structured analytical techniques for conducting Process Hazards Analyses (PHA), provides a “what if ” checklist, and shows how to organize and set up PHA sessions. Other topics include layout and siting considerations, human factors, loss of containment, and PHA team leadership issues.

Dyadem, Richmond Hill, Ontario, Canada

Catalog no. 9719, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9719-6 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 234 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Catalog no. 1909, ISBN: 978-0-8493-1909-9 2003, 8-1/2 x 11, 474 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $209.95 / £117.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 61

12/19/08 10:21:59 AM

For more information and a complete list Lean Six Sigma in Service Applications and Case Studies Edited by

Quality Control & Reliability

Sandra L. Furterer

East Carolina University, Greenville, North Carolina, USA

Principles of Total Quality Third Edition

Vincent K. Omachonu

University of Miami, Coral Gables, Florida, USA

Joel E. Ross

Florida Atlantic University, Boca Raton, USA

Based on case studies, this book demonstrates real-world applications of Six Sigma, especially in service or non-traditional industries and processes. In a clean, clear style that is not overly technical, the author describes the Six Sigma DMAIC of DMADV problem solving approach and how it can be applied to service and transaction related processes. The case studies illustrate the application of Lean Six Sigma tools to a wide variety of processes and problems including, but not limited to, financial process improvement, business purchasing procedures, designing a recruiting process, developing an infrastructure for operational excellence, and improving educational program processes.

Clear, concise, and to the point, this bestselling text provides practical instruction for students and for those responsible for quality implementation and management. The authors address reliability against the backdrop of increasing litigation in the area of product performance. Complete chapters provide a historical perspective for Six Sigma and discuss the concepts of service excellence within healthcare organizations. The authors also provide an expanded analysis of process quality management and quality function deployment, parameters for customer satisfaction, ways to organize for TQM, and the use of control charts to account for variables.

Catalog no. 78887, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7888-6 May 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 536 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £48.99

Catalog no. SL3267, ISBN: 978-1-57444-326-4 2004, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 512 pp. Suggested Price: $73.95 / £40.99

Textbook

Maintenance, Replacement, and Reliability Andrew K.S. Jardine

Product Reliability, Maintainability, and Supportability Handbook

University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Second Edition

Albert H.C. Tsang

Edited by

62 Theory and Applications

The Hong Kong Polytechnic University Series: Dekker Mechanical Engineering, 197

Based on results of research in physical asset management, this book provides the necessary tools for making data-driven decisions. This book offers a solid theoretical foundation for these tools, demonstrating applications through various case studies. The applications relate to such areas as food processing, petrochemical, military, mining, transportation, steel, and pharmaceutical industries. Ideal for classroom use, this text also features supplementary software that can be downloaded from the CRC Web site. These software packages include educational versions of OREST®, EXAKT®, PERDEC®, WeibullSoft, Crew Size Simulators, and more. Catalog no. DK9669, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3966-0 2006, 6 x 9, 322 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

Michael Pecht

University of Maryland, College Park, USA

Competitive product development is all about reliability, maintainability, and supportability; the earlier that these factors are considered, the better. Edited by a mechanical engineer known for his work in product development, reliability, packaging, and supply chain efficiency, this invaluable resource includes coverage of new optimization methods and the IEEE standards 1332 and 1413 on reliability and reliability prediction. The text presents the software tools for reliability evaluation and emerging techniques, such as uprating, burn-in, and screening methods. It also explores the physics of failure in design and testing and the integration of reliability with business considerations. Catalog no. 9879, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9879-7 February 2009, 7 x 10, 488 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £60.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 62

12/19/08 10:22:00 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Textbook

Quality Engineering Handbook Second Edition

Reliability Engineering and Risk Analysis A Practical Guide

Thomas Pyzdek

Pyzdek Consulting Inc., Tucson, Arizona, USA

Paul A. Keller

Mohammad Modarres and Mark Kaminskiy

University of Maryland, College Park, USA

Vasiliy Krivtsov

Quality America Inc.

Ford Motor Company, Dearborn, Michigan, USA

Series: Quality and Reliability, 60

Written by one of the foremost authorities on the subject, the second edition is completely revised to reflect the recent changes to the ASQ Body of Knowledge for the Certified Quality Engineer (CQE). This handbook covers every essential topic required by the quality engineer for day-to-day practices in planning, testing, finance, and management and thoroughly examines and defines the principles and benefits of Six Sigma management and organization. The Quality Engineering Handbook provides new and expanded sections on management systems, leadership and facilitation principles and techniques, training, customer relations, documentation systems, and domestic and international standards. Catalog no. DK2887, ISBN: 978-0-8247-4614-8 2003, 8-1/2 x 11, 732 pp. Suggested Price: $185.95 / £103.00

Series: Quality and Reliability

Presenting in-depth discussions on the uses and limitations of cutting-edge philosophies, Reliability Engineering and Risk Analysis: A Practical Guide provides an introduction and explanation of pragmatic methods and techniques for reliability and risk studies. It features computer software on an accompanying disk that illustrates numerous examples found in the book and helps engineers and students solve problems. Written in Visual Basic, the disk is compatible with Microsoft Excel spreadsheets and includes a module on Bayesian estimation. Technometrics said the book is “well-suited for those working in the nuclear regulatory field” and “…the coverage of risk analysis is excellent.” Catalog no. DK2523, ISBN: 978-0-8247-2000-1 2000, 6 x 9, 564 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Reliability Analysis and Prediction with Warranty Data

The Root Cause Analysis Handbook

Bharatendra K. Rai and Nanua Singh

Max Ammerman

Issues, Strategies, and Methods

Quality Control & Reliability

Edited by

A Simplified Approach to Identifying, Correcting, and Reporting Workplace Errors

Using simple and practical approaches, this book provides methods and strategies for reliability analysis and prediction with warranty data. It demonstrates how to use warranty data to define and analyze field problems in order to find the root causes for warranty cost reduction. These methods can be used to obtain component-level nonparametric hazard rate estimates that provide important clues toward probable root causes and help reduce warranty costs. The author also includes a detailed discussion of warranty performance prediction. The methodologies covered help assess the impact of changes in warranty limits and forecast warranty performance.

In a well-organized and user-friendly style, this book delineates the steps required for identifying, studying, correcting, and avoiding problems and mistakes in the workplace. It offers an effective and integrated approach to the root cause identification and problem solving process. Because poor initial problem definition can, and often does, undermine the problem-solving process, Ammerman places special emphasis on this area to build a solid foundation for effective analysis and provides guidance on preparing the final report. He uses a nuts-and-bolts approach that allows readers to grasp the core concepts quickly and begin applying them to their work.

Catalog no. K10183, ISBN: 978-1-4398-0325-7 April 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 176 pp. Suggested Price: $79.95 / £48.99

Catalog no. PP6326, ISBN: 978-0-527-76326-8 1998, 6 x 9, 144 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $30.95 / £16.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 63

12/19/08 10:22:00 AM

For more information and a complete list

Quality Control & Reliability / Systems Engineering 64

Quality Controls Services Company

Stream of Variation Modeling and Analysis for Multistage Manufacturing Processes

Davida M. Amsden

Jianjun Shi

Written in clear language, this hands-on manual simplifies the essentials for monitoring, analyzing, and improving quality. While the author employs statistical tools, these are rooted in practical examples, which require only basic math skills. The book explains how to set up and use variable and attribute control charts, as well as analyze frequency histograms, and evaluate machine and process capability. New sections cover such problem-solving tools as checksheets, flow charts, and scatter diagrams. The final module examines how SPC tools are used in organizations committed to continuous improvement. Practice problems are included at the end of each module.

Presenting proven techniques illustrated by case studies, this book summarizes the methodologies and their implementation in the area of variation modeling, control, and reduction. Variation management and reduction is essential to achieving high product quality, productivity, and low manufacturing cost. This book focuses on developing a unified, systematic, and generic methodology and investigates fundamental issues. It discusses research funded by the National Science Foundation and demonstrates the implementation of the SoV methodology that has been funded by GM, DaimlerChrysler, Ford, Auto Body Consortium, and others.

SPC Simplified

Practical Steps to Quality Robert T. Amsden

University of Dayton, Ohio, USA

Howard E. Butler Consultant

Catalog no. PP6340, ISBN: 978-0-527-76340-4 1998, 304 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $30.95 / £16.99

Strategic ErrorProofing

The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA

Catalog no. 2151, ISBN: 978-0-8493-2151-1 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 496 pp. Suggested Price: $144.95 / £79.99

Architecture and Principles of Systems Engineering

Achieving Success Every Time with Smarter FMEAs

Charles Dickerson and Dimitri N. Mavris

John J. Casey

Waterford, Michigan, USA

Series: CRC Complex and Enterprise Systems Engineering, 3

While FMEA has helped many companies improve quality by teaching them how to avoid what can go wrong, it doesn’t show how to make things go right. That is what Success Every Time (SET) does. Developed by renowned manufacturing visionary John Casey, SET defines a logic stream for engineers to strategically incorporate no-cost or low-cost error-proofing devices to help production operators. The operators interface with their parts and tools in such a way that either the product is made correctly, or the product/ process is stopped. Operators can make only good parts — nothing else. Proper implementation drives higher first time yield, while improving customer satisfaction and profits.

The emergence of Model Based Architecture (MDA™) and recent initiatives for model-based systems engineering (MBSE) will play heavily in how the practice of architecture and systems engineering evolves over the next several years. Rooted in the long-standing practices of engineering, science, and mathematics, this book gives readers the foundation and elementary methods to step into the domain of model-based architecture and systems engineering practices. It explores the fundamentals of systems architecture, describes how it fits into systems engineering, explains the role of a systems architect, and provides succinct recommendations on how systems architecture should be practiced.

Catalog no. PP8367, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8367-5 January 2009, 7 x 10, 152 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $34.95 / £18.99

Catalog no. AU7253, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7253-2 April 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 512 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, USA

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 64

12/19/08 10:22:01 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Engineering Mega-Systems The Art of Systems Architecting Third Edition

The Challenge of Systems Engineering in the Information Age Renee Stevens

Aerospace Corporation, Chantilly, Virginia, USA

MITRE, McLean, Virginia, USA

Series: Systems Engineering

Series: CRC Complex and Enterprise Systems Engineering

The third edition of a bestseller, this book examines the least understood part of systems design: moving from a vague concept with limited resources to a satisfactory and feasible system and an executable program. Extensively rewritten to reflect the latest trends, the text addresses how to invent a system from scratch, presenting invention/design rules together with clear explanations of how to use them. The author supplies practical guidelines for avoiding common systematic failures while implementing new mandates. He organizes heuristics around a simple and practical process model and includes five major case studies of how successful and unsuccessful systems were architected.

The global business community faces increasingly complex challenges that cannot be met by stand-alone systems. This has led to the development of mega-systems: large-scale complex systems that provide a level of functionality not achieved by their individual components. This book focuses on the engineering of this class of systems, a process that demands consideration of increasing program scale and the rapid change of underlying technologies. The text offers a vocabulary and a framework to explore issues relevant to what makes mega-systems different from traditional ones. This framework results in the development of a model that can be used to select appropriate processes, tools, and techniques.

Catalog no. 79131, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7913-5 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 376 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £60.99

Catalog no. AU6663, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7666-0 June 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 320 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

Designing Complex Systems Foundations of Design in the Functional Domain Erik W. Aslaksen

Enterprise Systems Engineering Theory and Practice

George Rebovich, Jr. and Brian E. White

University of Australia, Sydney

The MITRE Corporation, Bedford, Massachusetts, USA

Series: Complex and Enterprise Systems Engineering

Series: CRC Complex and Enterprise Systems Engineering

Emphasizing a top-down approach, this volume considers the purpose and basic features of design and how the concept of value can provide a quantitative measure of that wider interaction of the engineered object with its environment. This work also develops the domain in which functional design takes place and explores how the system concept can be embedded in that domain. It proposes a number of functional design elements and develops them in considerable detail, outlining how they can be applied as part of a coherent design framework. For greater understanding of the discussed concepts, numerous examples and analogies are included.

With coverage ranging from the complex characteristics and behaviors of enterprises to the challenges they pose for engineering and technology, this book examines the impacts of enterprise processes and leading-edge technologies on the evolution of an enterprise. It discusses new and emerging modes of thought that are increasingly being recognized as essential to successful systems engineering. The author defines and examines key building blocks of the evolving field of enterprise systems engineering. He addresses the issues of the changing nature of SE, lays out a recommended direction for the future, and provides a unified basis for moving toward a mature discipline with the expanded scope.

Catalog no. AU7533, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8753-6 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 176 pp. Suggested Price: $69.95 / £38.99

Systems Engineering

Mark W. Maier

Catalog no. AU7329, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7329-4 May 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 320 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 65

12/19/08 10:22:02 AM

For more information and a complete list

Handbook of Industrial and Systems Engineering Edited by

Adedeji B. Badiru

Air Force Institute of Technology, Dayton, Ohio, USA

Systems Engineering 66

Textbook

Modeling and Control of Engineering Systems Clarence W. de Silva

Series: Industrial Innovation

University of British Columbia, Vancouver, Canada

Responding to the demand for a comprehensive handbook, the Handbook of Industrial and Systems Engineering offers full access to a wide range of industrial and systems engineering tools and techniques in a concise format. Providing state-ofthe-art coverage from more than 40 contributing authors, many of whom are “rising stars” in this area, this volume emphasizes systems engineering aspects and expands beyond the topics found in the existing references in this field. The handbook is a one-stop reference for industrial and systems engineering. It introduces new technologies, offers a systems integration approach, and provides coverage of information engineering.

Proper control of any part of an engineering system requires an overall understanding of the system. This volume provides engineers with an accessible introduction to the modeling, analysis, control, instrumentation, and design of engineering systems. It presents a wide range of analytical techniques, computer tools, instrumentation details, and design methods; it addresses important aspects of laboratory instrumentation; and provides practical applications of various models. A special chapter is devoted to control system instrumentation. To support classroom use, the text includes various problems with selected solutions and a complete instructor’s manual for qualifying instructors.

Catalog no. 2719, ISBN: 978-0-8493-2719-3 2006, 7 x 10, 768 pp. Suggested Price: $154.95 / £86.00

Catalog no. 76868, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7686-8 May 2009, 7 x 10, 752 pp. Suggested Price: $119.95 / £49.99

Handbook of Military Industrial Engineering Edited by

Adedeji B. Badiru and Marlin U. Thomas

Air Force Institute of Technology, Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio, USA Series: Industrial Innovation

Edited by internationally respected field experts, this is a compendium of military applications of tools and techniques of industrial engineering. The book compiles basic elements of industrial engineering techniques, in terms of process design, planning, management, improvement, and control. It also helps military organizations successfully satisfy operational constraints of time, cost, and performance, thereby achieving overall process improvement. Helping to popularize engineering applications within military organizations, this book is an essential reference for industrial engineers involved with the Armed Services. Catalog no. 66285, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6628-9 February 2009, 7 x 10, 744 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £78.99

Model-oriented Systems Engineering Science A Unifying Framework for Traditional and Complex Systems Duane W. Hybertson

MITRE, McLean, Virginia, USA Series: CRC Complex and Enterprise Systems Engineering, 2

The field of systems engineering (SE) is at a juncture in its history where it needs to strengthen and extend its methods to support its expanding scope. This book addresses the issue, lays out a recommended direction for the future, and provides a unified basis for moving toward a mature discipline with the expanded scope. The author’s approach is to build on the strengths of traditional SE, remedy the weaknesses, add elements that address the expanded scope, and unify all elements on a common foundation. The book addresses the systems that will be most prevalent from this point on, namely, systems characterized as a combination of traditional and complex, mechanistic and organic, natural and artificial. Catalog no. AU7251, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7251-8 April 2009, 7 x 10, 360 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £54.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 66

12/19/08 10:22:03 AM

Systems Engineering Guidebook

Systems Thinking

James N. Martin

John Boardman and Brian Sauser

A Process for Developing Systems and Products The Aerospace Corporation, Chantilly, Virginia, USA

Coping with 21st Century Problems Stevens Institute of Technology, Hoboken, New Jersey, USA

Series: Systems Engineering, 10

Series: Industrial Innovation

This text provides understanding and familiarity with the systems engineering process, its application, and its value to the successful implementation of systems development projects. The book describes the systems engineering process as a multidisciplinary effort, integrating system elements, risk management, technical progress monitoring, technical reviews, overall planning and control of the technical effort, and other topics. The process is defined in terms of specific tasks to be accomplished, with great emphasis placed on defining the problem that is being addressed prior to designing the solution. The author discusses coordination and management of all aspects of systems engineering.

Addressing seemingly intractable systems problems in our society, this book focuses on the inherent opportunities and difficulties of a systems approach. It highlights the use of systemigrams and system of systems and contains examples from a range of domains, including technology development, engineering, business management, the intelligence community, and policy. The text also includes an extensive number of exercises as well as many case studies and results from collaborative research and development projects with leading corporations. It offers a free software tool called systemiTool, useful for creating, editing, and demonstrating systemigrams, on the authors’ website.

Catalog no. 7837, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7837-9 1997, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 304 pp. Suggested Price: $124.95 / £69.99

Catalog no. 54910, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5491-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 240 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Advanced Manufacturing Systems of Systems Engineering

Principles and Applications Edited by

An ICT and Systems Perspective

Systems Engineering / General Manufacturing References

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Edited by

Marco Taisch and Marco Montorio Technical University of Milan, Italy

Mo Jamshidi

Klaus-Dieter Thoben

University of Texas, San Antonio, Texas, USA

University of Bremen, Germany

This groundbreaking work on the science and engineering of Systems of Systems (SoS) provides a definitive reference on an emerging technology being embraced by Boeing, Lockheed Martin, Raytheon and other engineering giants. Delineating the fundamentals, ranging from basic definitions and the background of large-scale systems to modeling, simulation, architecture, control, communication, optimization, and applications, this work contains the contributions of those pioneering this new technology. Applications include national security, transportation, energy, defense, environment, healthcare, aerospace, service industry, robotic swarms, and information technology.

This book provides a broad vision of the future of manufacturing, analyzed from a system-management viewpoint and with a special focus on ICT-related matters. Each contribution presents a multidisciplinary research domain from a specific perspective. The book gives an overview on technology past, present and future. It explores subjects such as life cycle management, sustainable products and processes, production scheduling and control, benchmarking, industrial services, human factors, collaborative engineering, and supply chain integration. The book is intended to provoke debate, build consensus, and stimulate creative discussion, leading to further novel research initiatives in the future.

Catalog no. 65882, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6588-6 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 480 pp. Suggested Price: $129.95 / £72.99

Catalog no. SW9129, ISBN: 978-0-415-42912-2 2007, 6-3/4 x 9-3/4, 320 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 67

12/19/08 10:22:03 AM

For more information and a complete list

General Manufacturing References

Effective Transition from Design to Production

Fundamentals of Manufacturing for Engineers

David F. Ciambrone

Fred Waters

Consultant, Georgetown, Texas, USA

TWF Associates

In a succinct and logical progression, this book addresses all the human, money, managerial, material, and machinery elements required to move a new product smoothly and cost-effectively through the proposal, design and manufacturing stages. Taking an integrative approach that allows readers to understand the big picture, the author introduces and explains each stage, he also offers guidance as to when to involve outside parties including potential providers of raw materials and subcontractors who may take part in the production and assembly process. He presents the seven stages of the production process in sequential order, elucidating how each one leads to the other.

Written in a clear and concise style, this book provides authoritative coverage of manufacturing processes. Packed with illustrations, cases studies, and exercises, the book takes the reader through the fundamental principles and practices of modern manufacturing processes in a lively and informative fashion. Topics covered include casting, joining, cutting, metal deformation processes, powder metallurgy, CNC, productivity, and automation and quality assurance. A scene-setting chapter also discusses the current economic position of the manufacturing sector. The accessible presentation makes it the ideal primer for this perennial undergraduate engineering module.

Catalog no. AU4686, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4686-1 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 272 pp. Suggested Price: $83.95 / £46.99

Catalog no. TF2571, ISBN: 978-1-85728-338-9 1996, 7-1/2 x 9-3/4, 336 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $59.95 / £19.99

Textbook

Fundamentals of Manufacturing Engineering

Manufacturing

Design, Production, Automation, and Integration Beno Benhabib

D.K. Singh

University of Toronto, Ontario, Canada

Netaji Subhas Institute of Technology, New Delhi, India

Series: Manufacturing Engineering and Materials Processing, 63

Especially useful for those in mechanical, production and industrial engineering disciplines, this book provides a comprehensive introduction to materials and their properties. It begins by discussing ferrous and non-ferrous materials and their heat treatment and then moves on to discuss non-conventional materials. The book discusses the processes of casting and jointing as well as welding. Additional topics include forming operation, cutting tool materials, solid stoke welding, the theory of metal cutting, machining operations, and design considerations in joining processes. The book concludes with a section on powder metallurgy and metrology.

From concept development to final production, this comprehensive text thoroughly examines the design, prototyping, and fabrication of engineering products and emphasizes modern developments in system modeling, analysis, and automatic control. This reference details various management strategies, design methodologies, traditional production techniques, and assembly applications for clear illustration of manufacturing engineering technology in the modern age. It considers a variety of methods for product design, including axiomatic design, design for X, group technology, and the Taguchi method, as well as modern production techniques, including laser-beam machining and microlithography.

Catalog no. AB7047, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7047-7 2008, 7 3/8 x 9 1/4, 500 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Catalog no. DK2858, ISBN: 978-0-8247-4273-7 2004, 6 x 9, 608 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 68

12/19/08 10:22:04 AM

Rapid Prototyping and Engineering Applications

Becoming Lean

A Toolbox for Prototype Development

Inside Stories of U.S. Manufacturers

Frank W. Liou

Edited by

University of Missouri-Rolla, USA

Jeffrey K. Liker

Series: Dekker Mechanical Engineering

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA

The key to success of product development is cost, quality, and time to market. These three factors should be properly defined, designed, and assessed in the initial stages of development. Rapid Prototyping and Engineering Applications explores the engineering procedures and practice of applying modern prototyping technologies, such as Rapid Prototyping (RP) and Virtual Prototyping (VP), to quickly deliver new products with lower costs and higher quality. Readers will gain a thorough understanding of using prototyping with modern technologies and tools. This unique text will greatly benefit product development engineers, managers, and students who wish to define and design a successful product.

At the heart of Becoming Lean are the stories of American manufacturers that have successfully implemented Lean methods. This book goes beyond the technical to explore the many changes possible when implementing Lean. The writers offer personalized accounts of their organizations’ Lean transformation. They supply technical descriptions of successful solutions and performance improvements, providing powerful first-hand accounts of the complete process of change, its impact on the entire organization, and the rewards and benefits of becoming lean. Readers have a unique opportunity to go inside the implementation process and see what worked, what didn’t, and why.

Catalog no. DK098X, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3409-2 2008, 7 x 10, 568 pp. Suggested Price: $139.95 / £77.99

Catalog no. PP7173, ISBN: 978-1-56327-173-1 1998, 6 x 9, 560 pp. Suggested Price: $41.95 / £22.99

Virtual and Rapid Manufacturing

Advanced Research in Virtual and Rapid Prototyping Edited by

Beyond the Theory of Constraints

General Manufacturing References / Lean Manufacturing

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

How to Eliminate Variation & Maximize Capacity William A. Levinson

Paulo Jorge Bartolo et al

Levinson Productivity Systems, Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania, USA

With contributions from experts and researchers from more than 20 countries, the multidisciplinary coverage in this book contributes to the advancement of innovative solutions to problems in rapid and sustainable product development. The book is essential reading for all those working on V&RP, promoting better links between industry and academia. The chapters cover a wide range of topics such as biomanufacturing, advanced rapid prototyping technologies, rapid tooling and manufacturing, micro-fabrication, 3D CAD and data acquisition, and collaborative design. It represents a significant contribution to virtual and rapid prototyping (V&RP) issues as it contains topical research in this field.

Challenging the Theory of Constraints, William Levinson suggests that variation in processing and material transfer times can be eliminated through traditional quality management techniques. The author provides an overview of TOC and its impact on engineering and managerial economies. He illustrates the effect of variation in processing and material transfer times and why it prevents achievement of 100 percent utilization. The book describes methods for reducing variation in processing and material transfer times and discusses methods for increasing productivity and reducing cycle times. Readers learn how to identify and remove variations and maximize capacity to achieve bottom-line results.

Catalog no. SW6027, ISBN: 978-0-415-41602-3 2008, 6-3/4 x 9-3/4, 860 pp. Suggested Price: $309.95 / £172.00

Catalog no. PP7370, ISBN: 978-1-56327-370-4 2008, 6 x 9, 168 pp. Suggested Price: $41.95 / £22.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 69

12/19/08 10:22:05 AM

For more information and a complete list 5S for Operators Learning Package Leader’s Guide, 5 copies of 5S for Operators, a CD with additional presentation materials, and a copy of 5 Pillars of the Visual Workplace. Based on the classic 5 Pillars of the Visual Workplace, this package provides support in continuous improvement efforts.

5 Pillars of the Visual Workplace

Catalog no. PP7124, ISBN: 978-1-56327-124-3 Suggested Price: $375.00 / £199.00

Lean Manufacturing

Hiroyuki Hirano

5S Pocket Guide

Revered for his pioneering, no-nonsense approaches, Hiroyuki Hirano introduces his 5S System: Sort, Set In Order, Shine, Standardize, and Sustain. These steps are designed to improve efficiency, strengthen maintenance, and provide continuous improvement in all facets of a company’s operations. Filled with case studies and training materials, including over forty 5S user forms, this guide is for organizations seeking to move forward through the realization of efficiency. Though simple sounding, the system will prove of great use in teaching a company to mobilize towards positive change. If they cannot implement 5S, there is little hope of integrating large-scale changes such as JIT or re-engineering.

James Peterson and Roland Smith

JIT Management Laboratory Co., Ltd.

Catalog no. PP7047, ISBN: 978-1-56327-047-5 1995, 8-1/2 x 11, 384 pp. Suggested Price: $93.95 / £51.99

The 5S Pocket Guide is designed to enhance awareness of the principles behind the 5S System and identify its impact on improving efficiency and promoting a safe working environment. Using a condensed format, it outlines a disciplined methodology for implementing 5S, organized around a six-step method. The innumerable benefits of the 5S System include shorter cycle times, increased floor space, reduced lead times and training cycles, lowered accident rates, enhanced communication, and less inventory. By employing this resource, organizations can more easily build employee awareness of 5S throughout their plants, leading to dramatic improvements in productivity, safety, and profitability. Catalog no. PP6338, ISBN: 978-0-527-76338-1 1998, 4-1/5 x 6-1/2, 64 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $7.95 / £3.99

5S System DVD 70

5S for Operators 5 Pillars of the Visual Workplace The Productivity Press Development Team Since its publication, Hiroyuki Hirano’s, 5S for Operators continues to be hugely popular, having proven its worth in one company after another. Easy-to-read and apply, each section of the book is loaded with questions, outlines, summaries, diagrams and illustrations. This book provides the foundation that is essential for implementing not just 5S, but overall manufacturing improvements like shorter equipment changeovers, just-in-time inventory, and total quality management and total productive. Catalog no. PP7123, ISBN: 978-1-56327-123-6 1996, 7 x 10, 136 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

Workplace Organization and Standardization Productivity Press New York, USA

Tel-A- Train

New York, USA

The acclaimed 5S System: Workplace Organization and Standardization is now available in DVD. The 5S System DVD is a collaborative effort by renowned producers of training videos for the manufacturing plant floor. This collaboration has created the most comprehensive and powerful 5S training tool available. Complete with facilitator guides and participant guides, the 5S System DVD is an off-the-shelf product for training new employees, launching kaizen events, and leading implementation activities in the workforce. The Package includes: 1 DVD, Facilitator Guide, and Participant Guide. DVD Run Time: 90 Min. Catalog no. PP5837, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7583-0 Suggested Price: $1999.00 / £1111.00

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 70

12/19/08 10:22:05 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Financial Models and Tools for Managing Lean Manufacturing Sameer Kumar

Cellular Manufacturing

University of St. Thomas, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA

David Meade

One-Piece Flow for Workteams

The Productivity Development Team

Series: Supply Chain Integration Modeling, Optimization and Application, 1

Cellular Manufacturing: One-Piece Flow for Workteams introduces production teams to basic cellular manufacturing and teamwork concepts and orients them for participating in the design of a new production cell. Use this book to get everyone on board to reduce lead time, work-in-process inventory, and other profit-draining wastes. Each chapter includes an overview and a summary to reinforce concepts as well as reflection questions, which can be used to encourage group discussions. This volume is part of Productivity Press’ Shopfloor Series, which offers a simple, cost-effective approach for building basic knowledge about key manufacturing improvement topics.

Anticipating the challenges that operational improvement programs can pose to traditional accounting practices, this text equips supply chain and financial managers with proactive solutions. To illustrate the impact of Lean on the income statement, the book demonstrates the set-up of a multi-month, Excel™ and Pro-Model™ based manufacturing environment that incorporates sales, forecasts, and production results. Intended to give managers the knowledge and skill set that will allow them to work with confidence in a changing environment, the book also explains how to authoritatively present challenges and needed adaptations to a company’s top management, as well as to its stakeholders.

Catalog no. PP7213, ISBN: 978-1-56327-213-4 1999, 7 x 10, 96 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

Catalog no. AU9185, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9185-9 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 197 pp. Suggested Price: $88.95 / £49.99

Lean for the Process Industries Dealing With Complexity

The Fundamentals of Lean

Lean Manufacturing

Western Michigan University, Kalamazoo, Michigan, USA

Edited by

DVD

Peter L. King

Productivity Press

Lean Dynamics LLC, Newark, Deleware, USA

New York, USA

This book describes the application of Lean Manufacturing concepts to the process industries: sheet goods, fibers, architectural and automotive paints, food, beverage, plastics, synthetic rubber, batch chemicals, fertilizers, and pharmaceuticals. The book begins by describing characteristics that differentiate the process industries from assembly manufacturing, particularly those which influence how Lean must be applied for greatest benefit. Factors affecting dynamic flow behavior through each of the two are described, along with a hypothetical process industry example, which is used throughout the book to illustrate application of specific Lean tools.

For those companies seeking to introduce the concept of Lean, this DVD provides an overview that is intended for non-management stakeholders and for Lean implementation teams at the beginning of their involvement. Viewers will see actual footage of lean principles and methods in action at major manufacturers and learn what results can be achieved in any facility. The Fundamentals of Lean covers the cost reduction principle, the seven deadly wastes, JIT and automation, the 5S system, three stages of application, and standardized work. It emphasizes and, through its viewing, invites full employee participation.

Catalog no. PP7851, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7851-0 May 2009, 6 x 9, 280 pp. Suggested Price: $49.95 / £30.99

Catalog no. PP7339, ISBN: 978-1-56327-339-1 2006 Suggested Price: $495.00 / £261.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 71

12/19/08 10:22:06 AM

For more information and a complete list JIT Implementation Manual Green Manufacturing Case Studies in Lean and Sustainability

The Complete Guide to Just-in-Time Manufacturing, Second Edition, Six-Volume Set

Lean Manufacturing

Association for Manufacturing Excellence

Hiroyuki Hirano

No manufacturer can afford to ignore the pressing environmental issues of today. To do so puts both their profit line and their legacy at risk. Green Manufacturing: Case Studies in Lean and Sustainability brings together articles and case studies covering environmental and energy issues that were previously published in the Association of Manufacturing Excellence’s Target Magazine. It covers both areas of moral responsibility and legal and economic considerations. Chapters are organized in three areas -- Protecting the Environment, Using Energy Wisely, and EPA Case Studies -making it easy to track down the information desired.

Encyclopedic in scope, this paperback re-issue of a classic text is the most comprehensive and detailed manual of its kind for setting up a Just-in-Time manufacturing program from start to finish. The six-volume set provides practical examples in support of Lean implementation and quality maintenance, including more than 200 illustrations, checklists, charts, diagrams, and sample forms.

Catalog no. PP7389, ISBN: 978-1-56327-389-6 2008, 6 x 9, 144 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $20.00 / £10.99

Catalog no. PP9016, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9016-1 February 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 80 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $39.95 / £24.99

JIT Management Laboratory Co.

Catalog no. PP9013, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9013-0 March 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 999 pp. Suggested Price: $199.95 / £121.00

The Just-In-Time Production System

Waste and the 5S’s Catalog no. PP9024, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9024-6 February 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 96 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $39.95 / £24.99

Flow Manufacturing — Multi-Process Operations and Kanban 72

Identifying Waste on the Shopfloor The Productivity Press Development Team Like all Shopfloor Series books, Identifying Waste on the Shopfloor presents concepts and tools in simple and accessible language. The author defines waste, explains why it occurs, and then shows how to discover, remove, and prevent it with regards to the actions of people, the use of equipment and material, and the movement of goods. He identifies and provides specific strategies geared towards countering the Seven Deadly Wastes: overproduction, inventory, conveyance, defects, processing waste, operation waste, and idle time. This volume is the ideal complement to 5S, TPM, and other tools for building a lean manufacturing operation.

Catalog no. PP9026, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9026-0 February 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 88 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $39.95 / £24.99

Leveling — Changeover and Quality Assurance Catalog no. PP9028, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9028-4 February 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 137 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $39.95 / £24.99

Standardized Operations — Jidoka and Maintenance/Safety Catalog no. PP9030, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9030-7 February 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 93 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $39.95 / £24.99

JIT Implementation Forms and Charts Catalog no. PP9032, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9032-1 February 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 64 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $39.95 / £24.99

Catalog no. PP7287, ISBN: 978-1-56327-287-5 2003, 7 x 10, 112 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 72

12/19/08 10:22:06 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Lean Manufacturing

A Zero-Waste Environment with Process Automation The Productivity Press Development Team

Tools, Techniques, and How to Use Them William M. Feld

Lean Manufacturing Consultant, Saint Peters, Missouri, USA Series: Resource Management, 20

The philosophy of kaizen can help any organization seeking to implement lean improvements that go beyond cost cutting. Kaizen for the Shopfloor takes readers through the critical steps for conducting a very effective kaizen event: one that is well planned, well implemented, and well documented. The book makes practical information accessible to everyone by presenting major concepts and tools in simple, clear language. It distills the complexities of jumpstarting lean processes into an easily accessible format for those frontline employees who make lean possible. Each chapter begins with an overview, ends with a summary section, and includes helpful illustrations.

By applying the strategies in this book, readers can build a workforce and an organization with the capacity to satisfy worldclass expectations. Lean Manufacturing: Tools, Techniques, and How to Use Them gives them the benefit of William Feld’s 15 years of experience and the lessons he has learned. Feld provides insight into the appropriate use of assessment, analysis, design, and most importantly, deployment of a successful lean manufacturing program. Packed with practical advice and tips but not bogged down in theory, this book covers the implementation of lean manufacturing. It provides the tools and techniques along with an understanding of how and why they work.

Catalog no. PP7272, ISBN: 978-1-56327-272-1 2002, 7 x 10, 112 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

Catalog no. SL297X, ISBN: 978-1-57444-297-7 2001, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 248 pp. Suggested Price: $62.95 / £34.99

Lean Manufacturing

Kaizen for the Shopfloor

Lean Production Simplified

Lean Assembly

The Nuts and Bolts of Making Assembly Operations Flow

Second Edition, A Plain-Language Guide to the World’s Most Powerful Production System

Michel Baudin

Pascal Dennis

Manufacturing Management & Technology Institute, Palo Alto, California, USA

Lean Productivity Network, Toronto, Ontario, Canada

With examples drawn from aerospace, electronics, household appliances, personal products, and automotive industries, Lean Assembly shows readers how to properly analyze and design assembly systems, working out all the details such as incorporating mistake-proofing concepts. The book provides a guided tour of Lean manufacturing techniques applied to existing or newly designed assembly facilities. The focus on technical content as a driver for implementation methods sets it apart from other books on lean manufacturing. The emphasis is on exactly what should be done. This book should be the “dog-eared” and “penciled-in” resource on every assembly engineer’s desk.

A 2006 Shingo Prize Winner for Excellence in Manufacturing Research, this book delivers an inside view of Lean manufacturing. It provides a comprehensive view of Toyota’s Lean manufacturing system, looks at the origins and underlying principles of Lean, discusses practical problem solving for Lean production, and details activities that support involvement, including Kaizen circles and suggestion systems. This new edition is updated with expanded information on the Lean improvement process; production physics and Little’s Law; value stream thinking; the Hoshin planning and execution tree diagram, and problem solving by way of the fivewhys method.

Catalog no. PP7263, ISBN: 978-1-56327-263-9 2003, 6 x 9, 296 pp. Suggested Price: $57.95 / £31.99

Catalog no. PP7356, ISBN: 978-1-56327-356-8 2007, 7 x 10, 192 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $36.95 / £20.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 73

12/19/08 10:22:07 AM

For more information and a complete list

Liquid Lean

Lean Manufacturing in Chemical and Process Manufacturing

Lean Manufacturing 74

Mistake-Proofing for Operators The ZQC System

Raymond C. Floyd

Suncor, Calgary, Alberta, Canada

The Productivity Press Development Team

Liquid industries, including reactive chemical factories, petroleum and metal refining, and food and bio-pharma production, could make great use of the concepts of Lean. However, Lean manufacturing is not widely used in these industries, largely because they are naturally conservative and more financially stable than most, so great case stories of successful Lean implementation are rare. This book is the first to offer details and examples of adapting lean manufacturing to liquid industries. It is based on more than twenty years of industry experience from the legendary Raymond Floyd, one of the first to successfully practice Lean in the chemical industry.

Since it is human nature to make mistakes, the Zero Quality Control System (ZQC) does not blame people for errors, but instead keeps errors from becoming defects by monitoring processing conditions at the source. In this breakthrough approach, mistake-proofing devices called poka-yoke are used to check and give feedback about each product or operation in the process, not just a sample. Winner of a Shingo Prize for Excellence in Manufacturing, Mistake-Proofing for Operators introduces operators and assembly workers to the basic methodology of ZQC in an easy-to-read format that covers all aspects of this important manufacturing improvement strategy.

Catalog no. PP8629, ISBN: 978-1-4200-8862-5 April 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 230 pp. Suggested Price: $49.95 / £30.99

Catalog no. PP7127, ISBN: 978-1-56327-127-4 1997, 7 x 10, 96 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

Made-to-Order Lean Excelling in a High-Mix, Low-Volume Environment

Pull Production for the Shopfloor

Greg Lane

Low Volume Lean, Stockton, California, USA

The Productivity Press Development Team

Toyota’s methods have rendered remarkable results in high-volume plants, but they have not been fully understood and correctly applied in high-mix, low-volume environments. While Lean principles apply in such an environment, implementation methods and tools must be adapted and alternate methods embraced. Written by Greg Lane, one of the few individuals certified as a Toyota Production System Key Person, this book is specifically geared for manufacturers that have hundreds to thousands of active part numbers with few or no ongoing forecasted volumes and for shops that build to order. It focuses on eliminating non-value-added activities and instituting improvements on repetitive jobs.

An introduction to basic pull production concepts, this book gives production teams and managers the understanding they need to begin implementing this lean tool. It shows readers how to get everyone on board to reduce work in process inventory, lead-time, and other profit-draining expenses. The book also covers how to get support from higher management for pull implementation efforts. Well-organized and structured for ease of use, the book includes chapter overviews and summaries, questions throughout each chapter to help readers apply the information in their workplace, drawings and illustrations, and margin icons that flag definitions, main points, and other highlights.

Catalog no. PP7362, ISBN: 978-1-56327-362-9 2008, 8-1/2 x 11, 192 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $52.95 / £29.99

Catalog no. PP7274, ISBN: 978-1-56327-274-5 2002, 7 x 10, 128 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 74

12/19/08 10:22:08 AM

Quick Changeover for Operators The SMED System

Standard Work for the Shopfloor

The Productivity Press Development Team

Written for managers, this book is intended for frontline production and assembly associates. It explains why SMED is important and examines the basic stages of SMED. The authors organized the material into chunks of information that can be covered in a series of short sessions. Each chapter includes reflection questions to stimulate group discussion.

Standard work is an agreed upon set of work procedures that effectively combines people, materials, and machines to maintain quality, efficiency, safety, and predictability. Work is described in terms of cycle time, work in process, sequence, layout, and the inventory needed to conduct the activity. Standard work begins as an improvement baseline and evolves into a reliable method. It establishes the best activities and sequence to maximize performance and minimize waste. This volume discusses the characteristics, applications, and benefits of standards. It covers standard work concepts, calculations, and documentation, as well as the use of standard work manuals, charts, and worksheets.

Catalog no. PP7125, ISBN: 978-1-56327-125-0 1996, 7 x 10, 96 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

Quick Changeover for Operators Learning Package Includes a leader’s guide, 5 copies of Quick Changeover for Operators:The SMED System, CD filled with additional presentation materials, and a copy of A Revolution in Manufacturing: The SMED System, by Shigeo Shingo. Catalog no. PP7126, ISBN: 978-1-56327-126-7 1996, 7 x 10, Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

Catalog no. PP7273, ISBN: 978-1-56327-273-8 2003, 7 x 10, 112 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $26.95 / £14.99

The Toyota Product Development System

Quick Response Manufacturing

A Companywide Approach to Reducing Lead Times Rajan Suri

Lean Manufacturing

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Integrating People, Process, and Technology James M. Morgan and Jeffrey K. Liker

University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, USA

Suri Consulting and Seminars, LLC, Madison, Wisconsin, USA

Developed by the author and now being employed by a number of businesses, Quick Response Manufacturing (QRM) is an expansion of time-based competition, aimed at a single target with the goal of reducing lead times. The key difference between QRM and other timebased programs is that QRM covers an entire organization, from the shopfloor to the office, to sales and beyond. Providing guidelines for establishing a QRM enterprise, this volume builds upon kaizen, TQM, TPM, and other practice to help organizations streamline all functions of their operation. It shows how to quickly introduce products, along with ways to rethink materials and production management. Catalog no. PP7201, ISBN: 978-1-56327-201-1 1998, 6 x 9, 576 pp. Suggested Price: $57.95 / £31.99

In this book, authors James Morgan and Jeffrey Liker compare and contrast the world-class product development process of Toyota with that of a U.S. competitor. They use extensive examples from both of the competitors to demonstrate value stream mapping as an extraordinarily powerful tool for continuous improvement. Through examples and case studies, this book illustrates specific techniques and proven practices for dealing with challenges associated with product development, such as synchronizing multiple disciplines, multiple function workload leveling, compound process variation, effective technology integration, and knowledge management. Catalog no. PP7282, ISBN: 978-1-56327-282-0 2006, 6 x 9, 400 pp. Suggested Price: $41.95 / £22.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 75

12/19/08 10:22:09 AM

For more information and a complete list

Lean Manufacturing / Machining & Metalworking 76

Toyota Production System

Working with Machines

Beyond Large-Scale Production

The Nuts and Bolts of Lean Operations with Jidoka

Taiichi Ohno

Michel Baudin

In this classic text, Taiichi Ohno — inventor of the Toyota Production System and lean manufacturing — shares the genius that sets him apart as one of the most disciplined and creative thinkers of our time. Combining his candid insights with a rigorous analysis of Toyota’s attempts at lean production, Ohno’s book explains how lean principles can improve any production-oriented endeaver. A historical and philosophical description of just-in-time and lean manufacturing, this work a must read for all students of human progress. On a more practical level, it continues to provide inspiration and instruction for those seeking to improve efficiency through the relentless elimination of waste.

Exploring how to incorporate the roles of machines into modernday management, this book explains how performance differences in various factories are directly linked to how people use the machines. It looks at the human interfaces for individual machines, the linking of machines into cells, the management of monuments and common services, automation, maintenance, and production control. It provides strategies and tools to make the technical and managerial decisions to make working with machines effective and profitable. The author emphasizes the importance of the jidoka pillar of the Toyota Production System and discusses ways to group machines together into cells.

Catalog no. PP9914, ISBN: 978-0-915299-14-0 1988, 6 x 9, 176 pp. Suggested Price: $46.95 / £25.99

Catalog no. PP7329, ISBN: 978-1-56327-329-2 2007, 6 x 9, 368 pp. Suggested Price: $57.95 / £31.99

Value Stream Mapping for Lean Development

Flat-Rolled Steel Processes

A How-To Guide for Streamlining Time to Market

Advanced Technologies Edited by

Drew A. Locher

Vladimir B. Ginzburg

Customers and markets identify needs and companies design products and services to fill those needs. While this relationship may seem straightforward, the development process can often be a root cause for customer dissatisfaction and can lead to substantial waste throughout an enterprise that can be felt for years. Such waste can be avoided by consciously applying lean thinking and detailed mapping to the development process. In Value Stream Mapping for Lean Development, Drew Locher provides an accessible, enjoyable, how-to guide to value stream mapping that highlights its tremendous impact on product development and accompanying processes.

Considered one of the major innovators in the flat-rolling of steel, Vladimir B. Ginzburg holds more than two dozen patents in the industry. In this volume, Ginzburg brings together other industry pioneers to define the latest developments in flat-rolled processes. This includes the revolutionary introduction of computer-based technology in both new and existing conventional rolling mills. Each section provides a brief topic summary and then goes on to describe the latest advances specific to that area. Main subjects include advanced hot rolling mills, advanced cold rolling mills, control systems, and the production of advanced flat-rolled steel products.

Catalog no. PP7372, ISBN: 978-1-56327-372-8 2008, 144 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $44.95 / £24.99

Catalog no. 72927, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7292-1 May 2009, 8-1/2 x 11, 394 pp. Suggested Price: $169.95 / £103.00

Change Movement Associates, Mt. Laurel, New Jersey, USA

International Rolling Mill Consultants, Pennsylvania, USA

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 76

12/19/08 10:22:09 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools Geoffrey Boothroyd

Boothroyd Dewhurst Inc., Wakefield, Rhode Island, USA

Handbook of Advanced Ceramics Machining

Winston A. Knight

Edited by

Series: Manufacturing Engineering and Materials Processing

University of Toledo, Ohio, USA

Third Edition

University of Rhode Island, Kingston, USA

Ioan D. Marinescu

Reflecting changes in machining practice, Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools, Third Edition emphasizes the economics of machining processes and design for machining. This edition includes new material on super-hard cutting tool materials, tool geometries, and surface coatings. It describes recent developments in high-speed machining, hard machining, and cutting fluid applications such as dry and minimum-quantity lubrication machining. It also presents analytical methods that outline the limitations of various approaches. This edition features expanded information on tool geometries for chip breaking and control as well as improvements in cost modeling of machining processes.

Reflecting the life-long dedication of an unsurpassed team of experts from industry and academia, the Handbook of Advanced Ceramics Machining explores the latest developments in our understanding of the mechanisms of ceramics machining as well as state-of-the-art technologies. Covering methods that offer highrate material removal and others that provide extremely high-quality surface finish, this book examines conventional, new, and lesserknown methods including ductile grinding, belt centerless grinding, lapping, polishing, double-side grinding, laser-assisted grinding, ultrasonic machining, and the new electrolytic in-process dressing (ELID) grinding method.

Catalog no. DK4070, ISBN: 978-1-57444-659-3 2006, 6 x 9, 608 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Catalog no. 3837, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3837-3 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 384 pp. Suggested Price: $164.95 / £92.00

Machining & Metalworking

Textbook

Handbook of Lapping and Polishing Edited by

Textbook

Ioan D. Marinescu

Fundamentals of Machining Processes

Conventional and Nonconventional Processes

University of Toledo, Ohio, USA

Eckart Uhlmann

Institute for Machine Tools & Factory Management, Berlin University, Germany

Toshiro K. Doi

Saitama University, Japan

Hassan El-Hofy

Alexandria University, Egypt

Series: Manufacturing Engineering and Materials Processing, 73

Fundamentals of Machining Processes collects conventional and nonconventional machining methods into a single reference, from cutting and abrasive processes to erosion, hybrid, and micromachining processes. It begins with an introduction to the various machining processes, followed by the mechanics and economics of cutting, abrasive, erosion, and micromachining processes. The author discusses the advantages, limitations, and applications for each process along with the factors influencing its economics. Extensive worked examples, illustrations, and exercises reinforce a practical understanding of the concepts presented throughout the book.

Handbook of Lapping and Polishing is the first English language book to describe the most precise processes available for finishing the surfaces of mechanical as well as electronics and semiconductor components. It begins with an introduction focused on the fundamental concepts and the basics of lapping and polishing processes. The book builds on this foundation to discuss lapping of ductile and brittle materials, with a special chapter devoted to lapping equipment. Sections on polishing and chemical-mechanical polishing (CMP) complete the discussion. Experts from the US, Germany, and Japan present technologies for lapping and polishing along with case studies.

Catalog no. 7288, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7288-9 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 496 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Catalog no. DK4113, ISBN: 978-1-57444-670-8 2007, 6 x 9, 512 pp. Suggested Price: $154.95 / £86.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 77

12/19/08 10:22:10 AM

For more information and a complete list

Handbook of Machining with Grinding Wheels Machining & Metalworking 78

Ioan D. Marinescu, Mike Hitchiner, Eckart Uhlmann, W. Brian Rowe, and Ichiro Inasaki

Machining Technology

Machine Tools and Operations

Series: Manufacturing Engineering and Materials Processing, 72

Helmi A. Youssef and Hassan El-Hofy

Written by an international team of experts unrivalled in their experience and standing in the field, this comprehensive reference takes a unified approach to abrasive machining that emphasizes the underlying physical principles and how this knowledge can best be applied to solving new grinding problems. Coverage is split neatly into two main sections, with the first dedicated to basic concepts such as grinding parameters, removal mechanisms, abrasive characteristics, and economic efficiency. The remainder of the book addresses applications, including grinding of ductile and brittle materials, grinding machines, and surface, cylindrical, internal, centerless, and ultrasonic-assisted grinding.

Offering complete coverage of the technologies, machine tools, and operations of a wide range of machining processes, this book presents the fundamental principles of machining and examines traditional and nontraditional machining methods. After a brief historical overview, it explores design considerations and machine tool requirements and provides a detailed discussion of modern machine tools, metal-cutting machine tools, hexapods and their applications, and environmentally-friendly machine tools and operations. The text also addresses dimensional accuracy, form accuracy, surface integrity, machine tool dynamometers, jigs, and fixtures.

Catalog no. DK4115, ISBN: 978-1-57444-671-5 2007, 7 x 10, 632 pp. Suggested Price: $154.95 / £86.00

Catalog no. 43390, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4339-6 2008, 7 x 10, 672 pp. Suggested Price: $149.95 / £83.00

Handbook of Thermal Process Modeling of Steels

Metal Cutting Theory and Practice

Alexandria University, Egypt

Edited by

Second Edition

Cemil Hakan Gur

David A. Stephenson and John S. Agapiou

Middle East Tech University, Ankara, Turkey

Jiansheng Pan

General Motors, Pontiac, Michigan, USA

Shanghai Jiao Tong University, China, Peoples of Republic

Series: Manufacturing Engineering and Materials Processing

Over the years, any developments in thermal processes relied largely on empiricism and traditional practice, but advancements in computer technology are beginning to change this. Comprehensive and authoritative, the Handbook of Thermal Process Modeling of Steels provides practicing engineers with the first complete resource that meets the needs of both those new to modeling and those hoping to profit from advances in the field. Written by those with practical experience, it demonstrates what is involved in predicting material response under industrial rather than laboratory conditions and consequently gives heightened insight into the physical origins of various aspects of materials behavior.

With updated information on machine tools, cutting tool material, and workholding technologies, this book provides selection criteria needed to identify the proper machine tool and tool materials for quality and cost effectiveness. The authors emphasize physical understanding of machining processes, including tool wear, forces, power, rigidity, and machining economics. They explore ways of extending tool life, diagnosing machining problems, and solving them using various technologies. This second edition includes new chapters on cutting fluids, agile and high-throughput machining, and design for machining as well as the addition of examples and end-of-chapter problems for textbook use.

Catalog no. 190X, ISBN: 978-0-8493-5019-1 January 2009, 7 x 10, 712 pp. Suggested Price: $169.95 / £94.00

Catalog no. DK3108, ISBN: 978-0-8247-5888-2 2006, 7 x 10, 864 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 78

12/19/08 10:22:11 AM

Edited by

Physical Metallurgy of Direct Chill Casting of Aluminum Alloys

Jerry P. Byers

Dmitry G. Eskin

Series: Manufacturing Engineering and Materials Processing

Series: Advances in Metallic Alloys

Metalworking Fluids Second Edition

Milacron Inc., Cincinnati, Ohio, USA

Revised and expanded, this book covers technologies related to metalworking fluid development, evaluation, and application. This second edition contains coverage on metal cutting, air quality and fluid mist in the workplace, and costs and benefits of metalworking fluids. It contains material on evaluating fluid performance, microbial control, innovative technology in waste treatment processes to eliminate certain organic contaminants, methods for recycling and extending fluid life, and health and safety issues. The text also offers a comprehensive glossary that features over 400 terms and definitions common to the industry and related disciplines. Catalog no. DK4179, ISBN: 978-1-57444-689-0 2006, 7 x 10, 480 pp. Suggested Price: $154.95 / £86.00

Netherlands Institute for Metals Research, Delft, The Netherlands

A compilation of information previously scattered throughout numerous research articles into one detailed resource, this book connects the fundamentals of structure formation during solidification with the practically observed structure and defect patterns in billets and ingots. The author examines the formation of a structure, properties, and defects in the as-cast material in tight correlation to the physical phenomena involved in the solidification and the process parameters. Compiling recent results and data, the book discusses the fundamentals of solidification together with metallurgical and technological aspects of DC casting. It gives new insight and perspective into DC casting research.

Machining & Metalworking

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Catalog no. 62816, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6281-6 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 328 pp. Suggested Price: $159.95 / £89.00

Textbook

Modeling of Steelmaking Processes Dipak Mazumdar

Real-Time Weld Process Monitoring

Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur, India

Edited by

James W. Evans

YuMing Zhang

University of California, Berkeley, USA

University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky, USA

Responding to a resurgence in the steel industry and the need for experts trained in current steelmaking techniques, this volume goes beyond fundamental modeling concepts to address physical and mathematical modeling, steelmaking technology, and the scientific basis of steelmaking. It also provides computational fluid dynamics (CFD) codes and covers FLUENT software. Written for students in materials, metallurgy, and engineering, the text is based on classroomproven notes that have trained two generations of steelmakers. The author includes a practice session on physical mathematical modeling, complete with review problems. A solutions manual is available for qualifying instructors.

There is a growing interest in the use of sensors to provide accurate, robust, real-time monitoring where this cannot be achieved by more traditional testing and inspection techniques. Real-Time Weld Process Monitoring reviews the range of monitoring techniques available and their applications. After an introductory chapter, the first part of the book reviews the range of sensor technologies in welding, from arc and optical sensors to infrared and ultrasonic techniques. Part Two discusses the monitoring of particular aspects of welding such as weld seams and profiles, the analysis of weld penetration and weld pool surface, as well as monitoring of resistance and laser welding.

Catalog no. 62433, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6243-4 May 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 272 pp. Suggested Price: $119.95 / £72.99

Catalog no. WP7787, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7787-2 2008, 6 x 9, 312 pp. Suggested Price: $239.95 / £126.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 79

12/19/08 10:22:11 AM

For more information and a complete list

Machining & Metalworking / Management

Roll Forming Handbook Edited by

George T. Halmos

Delta Engineering Inc., Toronto, Ontario, Canada Series: Manufacturing Engineering and Materials Processing, 67

Manufacturing Strategy

How to Formulate and Implement a Winning Plan, Second Edition John Miltenburg

McMaster University, Hamilton, Ontario, Canada

At least 35 percent of all light gauge steel produced in North America is processed through roll forming lines, and nearly all ductile sheet metals with a thickness between .004” and .75” can also be roll formed. The Roll Forming Handbook is the first comprehensive guide to all aspects of the roll forming process, from conception to practical know-how. Under the guidance of George Halmos, expert contributors share insights based on many years of hard-won experience and provide information on roll forming mills, uncoilers, presses, die accelerators, and other equipment. Supplementing this information are discussions on roll design, setup, troubleshooting, materials to be formed, and lubrication.

This second edition of a bestseller expands its focus in the areas of international manufacturing, competitive strategy, and manufacturing programs. It offers a sensible and systematic method to: (1) evaluate domestic and foreign factories and international manufacturing and (2) plan the appropriate manufacturing strategy to be first in the market. This gives managers a common language for dealing with manufacturing problems at both strategic and operational levels. It improves communication between manufacturing managers and those outside manufacturing (who will now have a better understanding of what manufacturing can and cannot do).

Catalog no. DK1201, ISBN: 978-0-8247-9563-4 2006, 7 x 10, 584 pp. Suggested Price: $195.95 / £109.00

Catalog no. PP7317, ISBN: 978-1-56327-317-9 2005, 8-1/2 x 11, 448 pp. Suggested Price: $67.95 / £37.99

INsourcing Innovation

How to Achieve Competitive Excellence Using TRIZ 80

David Silverstein

CEO, Breakthrough Management Group, Longmont, Colorado, USA

MOST Work Measurement Systems Third Edition

Neil DeCarlo

Kjell B. Zandin

Business Author, DeCarlo Communications, Fountain Hills, Ari

H. B. Maynard and Company, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, USA

Michael Slocum

Series: Industrial Engineering: A Series of Reference Books and Textbooks, 22

CEO, The Inventioneering Company, San Diego, California, USA

Structured innovation is a key goal for every organization whereby they more effectively meet the needs of customers and operate more efficiently. Insourcing Innovation demonstrates how to transform business using the theory of inventive problem solving (TRIZ) along with applicable tools and techniques. Providing a practical framework, this book presents the tactical and strategic aspects of TRIZ, its methodology, and its components. Real-world case studies illustrate how TRIZ can be applied in an organization. It also discusses how structured innovation is part of total performance excellence, examining key aspects of business excellence and how they are related. Catalog no. AU6227, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6227-4 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 304 pp. Suggested Price: $52.95 / £29.99

This book is an essential guide for those in training for their MOST® certification and a great value to anyone looking to enhance their marketability to prospective employers. The third edition clarifies the working rules and data card format for BasicMOST®, MiniMOST®, and MaxiMOST®; presents a thorough description of the application of AdminMOST™, a version of BasicMOST® for measuring administrative tasks in retail, banking, and service environments; and contains new photographs and illustrations. It is an excellent resource for practicing professionals and newcomers in the fields of industrial engineering and management. Catalog no. DK9535, ISBN: 978-0-8247-0953-2 2003, 6 x 9, 519 pp. Suggested Price: $93.95 / £51.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 80

12/19/08 10:22:12 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Quick Changeover Simplified

Simplified TRIZ

The Manager’s Guide to Improving Profits with SMED

New Problem Solving Applications for Engineers and Manufacturing Professionals, Second Edition

Fletcher Birmingham

Kalevi Rantanen

Jim Jelinek

Ellen Domb

Concise and readily accessible, this critically acclaimed guide is written for companies that need to implement a quick setup and changeover program, but aren’t sure where to start. The authors walk busy readers through basic concepts and the process of implementing a mini setup reduction program. They provide quick changeover tools selected for their ease of implementation. All examples, including ROI statistics, come from real companies that have successfully implemented the strategies and tools discussed. This program offers a good starting point for those companies wanting to ultimately install a full-scale program.

This second edition of a bestseller continues to demystify TRIZ and demonstrate how it can be used in new ways to enhance Six Sigma, CM, SCM, QFD, and Taguchi methods. Described as “a practical guide to the application of TRIZ” and “compact and well written with a number of easily comprehensible examples” by TQM Magazine, this practical, how-to guide demonstrates how to solve problems creatively and foresee the evolution of problems in the future. The second edition clarifies how the patterns of evolution allow not only “what-if ” scenarios but real forecasts with significant accuracy. It includes evidence on the validity of patterns as statistical but nevertheless true scientific laws.

Summit Business Consulting, Hudson, Ohio, USA

PQR Group, Upland, California, USA

Catalog no. PP7349, ISBN: 978-1-56327-349-0 2007, 7 x 10, 128 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $30.95 / £16.99

Management

Moog Flo-Tork, Orriville, Ohio, USA

Tris Oy, Turku, Finland

Catalog no. AU6273, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6273-1 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 272 pp. Suggested Price: $73.95 / £40.99

Thinking for a Change

Putting the TOC Thinking Processes to Use

A Revolution in Manufacturing

Lisa J. Scheinkopf

SFSco, Phoenix, AZ, USA

The SMED System

Series: The CRC Press Series on Constraints Management, 11

Shigeo Shingo Written by the industrial engineer who developed SMED (singleminute exchange of die) for Toyota, A Revolution in Manufacturing provides a full overview of this powerful just in time production tool. It offers the most complete and detailed instructions available anywhere for transforming a manufacturing environment in ways that will speed up production and make small lot inventories feasible. The author delves into both the theory and practice of the SMED system, explaining fundamentals as well as techniques for applying SMED. The critically acclaimed text is supported with hundreds of illustrations and photographs, as well as twelve chapterlength case studies. Catalog no. PP9903, ISBN: 978-0-915299-03-4 1985, 6 x 9, 383 pp. Suggested Price: $83.95 / £46.99

A how-to manual on the practical use of the Theory of Constraints (TOC), Thinking for a Change: Putting the TOC Thinking Processes to Use teaches readers how to accomplish goals in spite of constraints. After an overview of TOC and the types of constraints that exist in any organization, the readers are led step-by-step through the process of the two foundational thinking methods on which the Thinking Processes are based. The author covers how to resolve conflicts in a way that does not compromise either party. Readers can then use the book as a field guide, learning the five processes as needed, based on their own particular issues. Catalog no. SL1019, ISBN: 978-1-57444-101-7 1999, 6 x 9, 272 pp. Suggested Price: $67.95 / £37.99

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 81

12/19/08 10:22:14 AM

For more information and a complete list Understanding A3 Thinking

Chemical Process Performance Evaluation

Management / Manufacturing & Processing

A Critical Component of Toyota’s PDCA Management System

Ali Cinar

Durward K. Sobek II.

Ferhan Kayihan

University of Montana, Bozemont, USA

Art Smalley

Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago, USA

Ahmet Palazoglu

University of California, Davis, USA Integrated Engineering Technologies, Tacoma, Washington, USA

Art of Lean, Huntington Beach, California, USA

Series: Chemical Industries

The A3 report has proven to be a key tool In Toyota’s successful move toward organizational efficiency. The power of the A3 report, however, derives not from the report itself, but rather from the development of the dynamic culture required for the implementation of an A3 system. In Understanding A3 Thinking, the authors highlight the deep learning and professional development that occurs in the A3 process. They show that the report is an especially effective tool when implemented in conjunction with a PDCAbased management philosophy. The book includes some very practical advice on how to write and review A3 reports.

Focusing on continuous, multivariate processes, Chemical Process Performance Evaluation introduces statistical methods and modeling techniques for process monitoring, process and controller performance evaluation, and fault diagnosis. The book covers empirical modeling development techniques, modeling process signals for trend analysis, sensor failure detection and diagnosis, controller performance assessment, process performance evaluation, and data analysis techniques for web and sheet processes. Balancing practice and theory, the book integrates several techniques to facilitate practical applications. Case studies illustrate the implementation of methods presented throughout.

Catalog no. PP7360, ISBN: 978-1-56327-360-5 2008, 6 x 9, 184 pp. Suggested Price: $39.95 / £22.99

Catalog no. DK8069, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3806-9 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 344 pp. Suggested Price: $175.95 / £98.00

Biotechnology in Textile Processing Edited by

82 Georg M. Guebitz Artur Cavaco-Paulo

Composites Forming Technologies

Braga, Italy

Edited by

Ryszard Kozlowski

A.C. Long

Biotechnology in Textile Processing examines trends, techniques, and developments in the finishing and processing of natural fibers. The industry’s foremost experts present current research findings on textile biotechnology, bio-treatment, and waste water management, with an emphasis on developing environmentally friendly production technologies that use enzymatic processes. This book examines bio-technical methods that save chemicals, energy, and improve the quality of the final product, using enzyme applications that act on both cellulose- and protein-based textiles.

The versatility of composite materials makes them attractive to a variety of areas ranging from healthcare and civil engineering to spacecraft technology. Composites Forming Technologies reviews the wealth of research in forming high-quality composite materials. The book begins with a concise explanation of the forming mechanisms and characterization for composites, covering modeling and analysis of forming techniques. Further chapters discuss the testing and simulation of composite materials forming. The book also considers forming technologies for various composite material forms including thermoset and thermoplastic prepreg, molding compounds, and composite/metal laminates.

Graz, Austria

Poznan, Poland

Catalog no. HW15744, ISBN: 978-1-56022-142-5 2007, 6 x 9, 250 pp. Suggested Price: $52.95 / £29.99 Also Available in Soft Cover

University of Nottingham, UK

Catalog no. WP9102, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9102-6 2007, 6 x 9, 328 pp. Suggested Price: $249.95 / £139.00

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 82

12/19/08 10:22:14 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Materials, Product, and Process Engineering Sanjay K. Mazumdar, Ph.D.

Engineering Economics and Economic Design for Process Engineers

President, E-Composites.com, Grandville, Michigan, USA

Thane Brown

Covering all of the aspects of high-quality, low-cost composite parts manufacturing, this book provides a fundamental classification of processes that helps readers understand where a process fits within their overall scheme and which process is best suited for a particular component. The author discusses materials selection guidelines, product manufacturability, product development process, cost estimation techniques, and more. The book presents the latest information and guidelines for making all types of products using composite materials and includes coverage of the aerospace, automotive, marine, and sporting goods industries.

Presenting simple, fast, and inexpensive methods to enable process engineers to increase their company’s profit and growth, this book explains how to combine technical and economic decision-making to create cost-effective, optimal performance designs. The section on engineering economics discusses the early stages of design and development and provides tools to perform economic analyses for evaluating design options. The section on economic design contains a unique framework that brings more economic thinking and rigor into process development, feasibility engineering, and conceptual engineering. It also contains new tools that help you lower both capital and production costs.

Catalog no. 0585, ISBN: 978-0-8493-0585-6 2002, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 416 pp. Suggested Price: $164.95 / £92.00

University of Cincinnati, Ohio, USA

Catalog no. 8212, ISBN: 978-0-8493-8212-3 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 368 pp. Suggested Price: $104.95 / £57.99

Handbook of Frozen Food Processing and Packaging

Encyclopedia of Chemical Processing

Manufacturing & Processing

Textbook

Composites Manufacturing

Edited by

Da-Wen Sun

Sunggyu Lee

University College Dublin, Ireland

Missouri University of Science and Technology, Rolla, USA

Series: Food Science and Technology, 155

Supplying nearly 350 expertly-written articles on technologies that can maximize and enhance the research and production phases of current and emerging chemical manufacturing practices and techniques, this second edition provides gold standard articles on the methods, practices, products, and standards recently influencing the chemical industries. New material includes: design of key unit operations involved with chemical processes; design, unit operation, and integration of reactors and separation systems; process system peripherals such as pumps, valves, and controllers; analytical techniques and equipment; current industry practices; and pilot plant design and scale-up criteria.

The convenience and safety record of frozen foods has catapulted them to the top sector in the food industry. Culled from the research and professional experience of the authors, this handbook provides critical, comprehensive, and readily accessible information for researchers, engineers, and technologists that develop, study, and use frozen food systems. It includes the full spectrum of frozen foods in five sections that cover the fundamentals of freezing, facilities for the cold chain, quality and safety, monitoring and measuring techniques, and packaging of frozen foods. The book also examines shelf life testing, recent developments in freezing techniques, and future developments in packaging.

Catalog no. DK2243, ISBN: 978-0-8247-5563-8 2006, 6 x 9, 3640 pp. Suggested Price: $3995.00 / £2100.00

Catalog no. DK3876, ISBN: 978-1-57444-607-4 2006, 7 x 10, 760 pp. Suggested Price: $229.95 / £128.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 83

12/19/08 10:22:16 AM

For more information and a complete list

Handbook of Induction Heating Manufacturing & Processing

Valery Rudnev, Don Loveless, Raymond Cook, and Micah Black Series: Manufacturing Engineering and Materials Processing, 61

Hydroforming for Advanced Manufacturing Edited by

Muammer Koç

Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, USA

With ready-to-use tables, diagrams, graphs, and simplified formulas for at-a-glance guidance in induction heating system design, this book contains numerous photographs, magnetic field plots, temperature profiles, case studies, hands-on guidelines, and practical recommendations to navigate through various system designs and avoid surprises in installation, operation, and maintenance. It covers basic principles, modern design concepts, and advanced techniques that engineers use to model and evaluate the different types of manufacturing processes based on heating by induction. The handbook further explains the electromagnetic and heat transfer phenomena that take place during induction heating.

Hydroforming allows the manufacture of lighter, more complex shapes with increased strength at lower cost compared to traditional techniques such as stamping, forging, casting or welding. As a result hydroformed components are increasingly being used in the aerospace and automotive industries. This book reviews the principles, applications, and optimization of this important process. It reviews the principles of hydroforming, from equipment and materials to forming processes, design and modelling. The second part covers a range of hydroforming techniques, including the shaping of particular components and the application of hydroforming in aerospace and automotive engineering.

Catalog no. DK2027, ISBN: 978-0-8247-0848-1 2003, 7 x 10, 796 pp. Suggested Price: $279.95 / £156.00

Catalog no. WP7786, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7786-5 2008, 6 x 9, 416 pp. Suggested Price: $269.95 / £142.00

Integrated Product and Process Design and Development 84

Handbook of Industrial Drying Third Edition Edited by

Arun S. Mujumdar

The Product Realization Process, Second Edition Edward B. Magrab, Satyandra K. Gupta, F. Patrick McCluskey, and Peter Sandborn

National University of Singapore

Series: Environmental & Energy Engineering, 1

The Handbook of Industrial Drying, Third Edition provides a comprehensive collection of expert knowledge from international academic and industry leaders. This new edition features more than 10 new chapters and enhanced material throughout the text. Encompassing fundamental aspects of various dryer types and methods, this book focuses on drying in a range of industrial sectors, from all foods to textiles, biofuels, ceramics, polymers, and nanoparticles. It addresses emerging technologies in detail and covers relevant topics including risk analysis and safety, cost estimation, and process calculations.

The second edition of a bestseller, this book discusses an integrated product and process design that has been successfully used to conceptualize, design, and rapidly product competitively-priced quality products. It examines the overlapping, interacting, and iterative nature of the engineering aspects that impact the product realization process. A detailed introduction to the creation of highquality products, the new edition explores the role of innovation, requirements engineering, smart materials, different rapid prototyping methods, and life-cycle cost determination, to name just a few. The book delineates proven methods that have been used successfully to create products.

Catalog no. DK4102, ISBN: 978-1-57444-668-5 2007, 8-1/2 x 11, 1312 pp. Suggested Price: $279.95 / £156.00

Catalog no. 70606, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7060-6 July 2009, 7 x 10, 416 pp. Suggested Price: $119.95 / £72.99

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 84

12/19/08 10:22:16 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Introduction to Process Control

Materials Processing Handbook

Jose A. Romagnoli

Edited by

Ahmet Palazoglu

Joanna R. Groza, James F. Shackelford, Enrique J. Lavernia, and Michael T. Powers

University of Sydney, Australia University of California, Davis, USA Series: Chemical Industries, 107

Introduction to Process Control infuses traditional topics with modern industry-based practices that provide more integrated process operation, control, and information systems. The authors adopt a beautifully conceived approach that follows a continuing problem throughout the entire text, adding new concepts and strategies to the example and culminating in a complete control design strategy. This fully realized system is implemented in MATLAB®, with software downloads available from the CRC Web site. The book also introduces data processing and reconciliation along with process monitoring as integral components of overall control system architecture and addresses the issues of plantwide control. Catalog no. DK496X, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3496-2 2006, 6 x 9, 528 pp. Suggested Price: $144.95 / £79.99

A wide-ranging, one-stop resource, the Materials Processing Handbook provides groundbreaking coverage of processes applied to a myriad of solid materials. It presents the fundamentals of materials processing by emphasizing the processing-structureproperty relationship. Organized into six sections, this handbook covers fundamentals and applications of processes that convert one phase into another, materials processes that change only the microstructure within a solid phase, shape changes that modify the microstructure and properties of materials, joining processes, and the basics of processes integration. Catalog no. 3216, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3216-6 2007, 7 x 10, 840 pp. Suggested Price: $154.95 / £86.00

Manufacturing & Processing

Textbook

Materials and Process Selection for Engineering Design Second Edition

Measurement and Control in Food Processing

Mahmoud M. Farag

Manabendra Bhuyan, PhD

The American University in Cairo, Egypt

Tezpur Central University, Assam, India

This student-friendly text illustrates how to balance design, materials, process selection, and economic and environmental analysis to optimize manufacturing processes for a given component. Following an overview of product design and development, the three-part book first discusses types of failure and ways to minimize it. Then it examines how material selection and manufacturing processes influence engineering design. The third part integrates technical and economic aspects of material selection. New and revised topics in this edition include new design considerations, environmental impact assessments, life cycle and recycling economics, and materials substitution.

Designed to raise awareness of the current techniques of measurement and control, this book discusses the design of instruments and control schemes and explains the applicability of these tools to enhance quality and productivity in the food industry. It lays a solid foundation for understanding the role of transducers and controllers, covers the most recent developments and applications in measurement techniques, and explains non-traditional methods such as electronic noses, biosensors, fuzzy logic control, and microcomputer-based monitoring. Bridging the gap between food processing and instrumentation, this book ensures that together they can consistently make a decent cup of tea.

Catalog no. 63081, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6308-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 452 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $83.95 / £46.99

Catalog no. 7244, ISBN: 978-0-8493-7244-5 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 340 pp. Suggested Price: $175.95 / £98.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 85

12/19/08 10:22:17 AM

For more information and a complete list Mineral Wool

Production and Properties Edited by

Brane Sirok

Faculty of Mechanical Engineering

Manufacturing & Processing

Bogdan Blagojevic

University of Ljubljana, Slovenia

Peter Bullen

Process Engineering and Design Using Visual Basic Arun Datta

University of Hertfordshire, UK

Worley Parsons, LTD, Brisbane, Queensland, Australia

Mineral Wool: Production and Properties describes the technological process of mineral wool production and the physical characteristics of the melt and theoretical bases of multiregression and dimensionless theory. Exploring experimental methods, the book introduces the fiber cooling model in the blow-away flow and the influence of temperature in the melt film on the thickness of forming fibers. The second part focuses on the use of computer-aided visualization and tools for the diagnostics of fiber and primary layer formation. Special attention is given to the study of aerodynamic characteristics of the airflow which significantly influences the quality of the final product.

This book provides a unique and versatile suite of process design and engineering programs and builds a firm understanding of the principles needed to effectively use the software. Emphasizing the importance of not relying completely on software tools, the author examines design guidelines based on international codes, discusses problems with software tools, and shows how to apply this knowledge to design and simulation programs. He supplies nine programs written in Visual Basic™ to overcome the limitations of other software tools or proprietary software based on Excel™ spreadsheets. Numerous examples demonstrate the development and utility of the programs supplied on the accompanying CD-ROM.

Catalog no. WP7045, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7045-3 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 198 pp. Suggested Price: $199.95 / £115.00

Catalog no. 45423, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4542-0 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 472 pp. Suggested Price: $134.95 / £74.99

Textbook

Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly 86

Operations in Food Refrigeration

Second Edition Geoffrey Boothroyd

Rodolfo H. Mascheroni

Boothroyd Dewhurst Inc., Wakefield, Rhode Island, USA

Series: Contemporary Food Engineering

University of Rhode Island, Kingston, USA

Operations in Food Refrigeration provides professionals in the food industry with a thorough overview of issues involved in heat and mass transfer in refrigeration and freezing. In addition to covering the application of critical principles to the design and operation of equipment, this highly practical text also covers quality issues related to maintaining the most adequate operation conditions for a wide variety of processed foods. To this end, it includes tools to calculate process times and to assist with selecting the most efficient and cost effective industrial equipment as well as the best operation conditions.

Series: Manufacturing Engineering and Materials Processing

CIDCA National University of La Plata, Argentina

Catalog no. 55488, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5548-1 July 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 376 pp. Suggested Price: $169.95 / £103.00

Peter Dewhurst and Winston A. Knight

Containing more than 300 equations and the extensive data necessary to estimate manufacturing and assembly cost during product design, benchmarking, and “should cost” analysis, Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly presents the tools needed to analyze injection molding, sheet metalworking, die-casting, powder metal processing costs, sand and investment casting, and hot forging. It includes discussions of the influence of the application of design for manufacture and assembly, material selection and economic ranking of processes, the effect of reduced assembly difficulties on product quality, the links between CAD solid models and design analysis tools, and more. Catalog no. DK5645, ISBN: 978-0-8247-0584-8 2002, 6 x 9, 720 pp. Suggested Price: $175.95 / £98.00

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 86

12/19/08 10:22:18 AM

Commercializing MicroNanotechnology Products

Microfabrication and Nanomanufacturing

Edited by

David Tolfree

Founder and Executive Director, Technopreneur Ltd, Manchester, UK

Edited by

Mark J. Jackson

Providing a snapshot of the current market situation, this book details the steps required for turning an idea into a marketable product. The editors provide examples of successful products and relate their experiences in development. They focus on the importance of entrepreneurship and the required steps to finance and develop a market strategy. Three detailed case studies from the leading MNT development and manufacturing companies describe how each venture started and progressed to become a market leader. These studies offer valuable insight into overcoming the challenges related to achieving financial backing and specifying the right product for development.

This book examines the technology of fabrication and manufacturing of engineering materials at the micro- and nanoscale. The text describes the construction of microscale components using lithographic techniques, including examples of LiGA and deep X-ray lithography. It discusses bulk and micromachining procedures used for producing features, manufacturing methods such as injection molding, and the processes used to fabricate master molds for subsequent operations. Additional material introduces new concepts including the deposition of thin solid films onto the surfaces of special tools and pulsed water drop machining.

Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana, USA

Catalog no. 8315, ISBN: 978-0-8493-8315-1 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 288 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £55.99

Purdue University, West Lafayette, Indiana, USA

Catalog no. DK2973, ISBN: 978-0-8247-2431-3 2006, 7 x 10, 401 pp. Suggested Price: $144.95 / £79.99

Micro- & Nano- Manufacturing

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Textbook

Manufacturing Techniques for Microfabrication and Nanotechnology

Microjoining and Nanojoining

Marc J. Madou

Y. Zhou

University of California, Irvine, USA

University of Waterloo, Canada

Authored by Marc Madou, bestselling author and leading expert in mems and manufacturing at the nano scale, this textbook focuses on emerging trends in industrial lithography and pattern transfer. It covers photolithography and next generation lithographies and presents a number of subtractive etching techniques, including dry, chemical, and electrochemical wet. The author explains thermal, electrothermal, and mechanical removing techniques. Designed for chemistry and materials students, it includes extensive references and a comprehensive glossary and provides worked out problems, along with end of chapter problems. PowerPoint slides and solutions are available for qualifying instructors.

A comprehensive review of microjoining processes and techniques, this book covers solid-state bonding and fusion microwelding, then moves on to microjoining and nanojoining processes, such as bonding mechanisms and metallurgy, process development and optimization, thermal stresses and distortion, positioning and fixturing, sensing, and numerical modelling. It discusses microjoining of materials such as plastics, ceramics, metals and advanced materials such as shape memory alloys and nanomaterials and includes applications of microjoining such as joining superconductors, the manufacture of medical devices, and the sealing of solid oxide fuel cells.

Catalog no. 55194, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5519-1 April 2009, 7 x 10, 400 pp. Suggested Price: $99.95 / £49.99

Edited by

Catalog no. WP7083, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7083-5 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 500 pp. Suggested Price: $339.95 / £179.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 87

12/19/08 10:22:18 AM

For more information and a complete list

Textbook

Micro- & Nano- Manufacturing / Packaging

Nanotechnology in Fibrous Materials

Food Packaging

A. Patanaik, R.D. Anandjiwala, R.S. Rengasamy, A. Ghosh, and H. Pal

Gordon L. Robertson

Written by a panel of experts drawn from industry and academia, this book reviews the impact of nanotechnology on the development of a new generation of textile fibers with enhanced functionality and a wide range of applications. It explores nanofiber production, discussing how different fiber types can be produced using electrospinning techniques. The book analyzes the production and properties of carbon nanotubes and polymer nanocomposites and their applications in such areas as aerospace engineering. It covers ways of using nanotechnology to improve polymer properties such as thermal stability and dyeability and the use of nanotechnology to modify textile surfaces.

Originally published in 1993, Food Packaging: Principles and Practice went on to become a best-selling textbook and industry standard. The second edition continues this tradition, with an integrated approach toward the study of packaging technology that covers chemistry, microbiology, and engineering, but with significant additions. With numerous diagrams incorporated to explain recent developments in processes and equipment, the author has updated all of the references and added a chapter explaining new and active packaging technologies. This second edition adheres to the essential format that made the first edition so informative and accessible.

A New Perspective

Catalog no. RU67446, ISBN: 978-0-415-46744-5 2008, 53 pp. Suggested Price: $29.95 / £14.99

Principles and Practice, Second Edition Consultant, Hope Island, Australia Series: Packaging and Converting Technology

Catalog no. DK775X, ISBN: 978-0-8493-3775-8 2006, 7 x 10, 568 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $99.95 / £57.99

Also Available in Soft Cover

Environmentally Compatible Food Packaging

Food Packaging and Shelf Life

Edited by

E. Chiellini

Gordon L. Robertson

An examination of advances in bio-based food packaging materials, this book discusses the factors involved in choosing alternative packaging materials such as consumer preference, measuring the environmental performance of food packaging, eco-design, and the safety and quality of recycled materials. It discusses applications of environmentally-compatible materials in particular product sectors, including the packaging of fresh horticultural produce, dairy products, and seafood. The text covers active packaging, modified atmosphere packaging, and biobased intelligent food packaging and concludes with a summary of the legislation and certification of environmentally-compatible packaging in the EU.

Current food packaging must take into consideration the biochemical, chemical, physical, and biological changes that occur during processing and during the life of storage. Organized according to chapters devoted to specific food products, this practical handbook defines the indices of failure for foods as diverse as milk, fruits, bottled water, juices, vegetables, fish, and beef. It discusses the deteriorative reactions for each and reviews how different forms of packaging material may influence time to failure. Bio-based packaging is examined in a separate chapter as is the impact of migrants from packaging materials and the impact of active packaging on shelf life.

Catalog no. WP7789, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7789-6 January 2009, 6 x 9, 592 pp. Suggested Price: $309.95 / £163.00

Catalog no. 78445, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7844-2 July 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 368 pp. Suggested Price: $159.95 / £97.00

University of Pisa, Italy

A Practical Guide

Consultant, Hope Island, Australia

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 88

12/19/08 10:22:19 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Textbook

Food Packaging Science and Technology Dong Sun Lee

Kyungnam University, Masan, South Korea

Kit L. Yam

Intelligent and Active Packaging for Fruits and Vegetables

Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey, USA

Edited by

Luciano Piergiovanni

Milan University, Milano, Italy

President & CEO, Wilson Associates International LLC, USA

With a wealth of illustrations, examples, discussion questions, and case studies, this textbook covers basic principles and advanced technologies. Emphasizing the application of scientific principles to create effective designs and quality products, this text discusses packaging materials science and the chemical and physical properties of plastics, glass, metal, and cellulosic packaging materials. It analyzes traditional methods, such as end-of-line operations, as well as canning, aseptic, and vacuum/modified atmosphere packaging. It studies the shelf-lives of various food categories and addresses sustainable packaging as well as sociological and legislative considerations.

Drawing on a diverse group of scientists and pioneers in the field, Intelligent and Active Packaging for Fruits and Vegetables explores the new technology and applications used to bring fresh, safe, nutritious produce to the consumer. It explains Modified Atmosphere Packaging (MAP), demonstrates modeling techniques, and considers packaging-product interaction. Contributions illustrate a variety of sensors, including the use of nanotechnology to detect and transmit changes in temperature, atmospheric gas, and microbial growth. Finally, the book discusses consumer perception, the specific needs of developing countries, and the current implementation of these technologies in Europe.

Catalog no. DK3076, ISBN: 978-0-8247-2779-6 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 656 pp. Suggested Price: $89.95 / £49.99

Catalog no. 9166, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9166-8 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 360 pp. Suggested Price: $185.95 / £103.00

Handbook of Package Engineering Third Edition Joseph F. Hanlon

Monroe Township, New Jersey, USA

Robert J. Kelsey

Modified and Controlled Atmospheres for the Storage, Transportation, and Packaging of Horticultural Commodities

Kelsey Corporation, Ridgewood, New Jersey, USA

Edited by

Hallie E. Forcinio

Elhadi M. Yahia

Cleveland, Ohio, USA

Now in its third edition, the Handbook of Package Engineering provides a useful source of information for anyone involved in packaging. Designed as a refresher on packaging fundamentals, this complete guide also provides information on the materials and structures of packaging. It reviews the essentials of production — packaging operations, line layout, and the machines that are required in order to perform basic packaging functions. It introduces the increasing web of laws and regulations controlling virtually all packaged products. Catalog no. TX63061, ISBN: 978-1-56676-306-6 1998, 6 x 9, 698 pp. Suggested Price: $229.95 / £128.00

Packaging

Charles L. Wilson, Ph.D.

Universidad Autonoma de Queretaro, Mexico

An exploration of the more than 70 years of historical milestones in the research and development of MA and CA technology, this book delineates the ideal conditions for many horticultural commodities and outlines the effects of MA and CA on physiology and biochemistry of these commodities and on their flavors and quality. The 23 chapters in the book cover basic and applied aspects related to the science and the application of this technology to the handling of the specific agricultural commodities. They discuss all technological applications of MA and CA (storage, transport, and packaging) for fruits, vegetables, and ornamentals of temperate, subtropical, and tropical origin. Catalog no. 69578, ISBN: 978-1-4200-6957-0 March 2009, 7 x 10, 624 pp. Suggested Price: $179.95 / £109.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 89

12/19/08 10:22:20 AM

For more information and a complete list Packaging Closures and Sealing Systems Packaging / Pharmaceutical Manufacturing 90

Edited by

Nigel Theobald

Consultant in Packaging Technology, Durham, UK

Belinda Winder

Nottingham Trant University, UK Series: Sheffield Packaging Technology

Packaging closures have undergone much evolution and development in recent years, and their functions have grown beyond simply allowing easy access and reclosing. This volume examines the technologies relevant to packaging closures and sealing systems. It features chapters contributed by top professionals in the packaging industry. To date, this is the only book dedicated to this important area. It is organized according to the various types of packaging— metal, glass, plastics, flexible, and composite containers. One chapter explores child-resistant mechanisms, tamper evidence, and openability; the book also includes a chapter on quality assessment. Catalog no. SH2807, ISBN: 978-0-8493-2807-7 2007, 6 x 9, 264 pp. Suggested Price: $144.95

Handbook of Microbiological Quality Control in Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices Edited by

Rosamund M. Baird University of Bath, UK

Norman A. Hodges

University of Brighton, UK

Stephen P. Denyer

Cardiff University, Wales Series: Pharmaceutical Science Series

The Handbook of Microbiological Quality Control provides a unique distillation of material by providing a wealth of microbiological information not only on the practical issues facing the company microbiologist today, but also on the underlying principles of microbiological quality assurance. The book provides guidance on safe microbiological practices, including laboratory design and sampling techniques, and considers the design storage, use and quality control of microbiological culture in depth. All the chapters have been written by leading experts in this field, making the Handbook a classic source. Catalog no. TF2047, ISBN: 978-0-7484-0614-2 2001, 7 x 10, 280 pp. Suggested Price: $179.95 / £97.00

Microbial Limit and Bioburden Tests Validation Approaches and Global Requirements, Second Edition Lucia Clontz

Diosynth Biotechnology, a part of ScheringPlough, Morrisville, North Carolina, USA

Often called the “industry bible,” Microbial Limit and Bioburden Tests: Validation Approaches and Global Requirements provides a practical guide to microbial limit methodologies. This new second edition has been substantially updated and expanded to include the most recent microbial limit tests and bioburden testing mandated by USP-NF. This comprehensive reference source reflects current industry standards, regulatory expectations, as well as the latest technical and scientific information. This edition also includes new chapters that provide complete coverage of biofilms, environmental monitoring, and microbial identification. The text also addresses new topics such as water testing. Catalog no. 53485, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5348-7 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 280 pp. Suggested Price: $189.95 / £106.00

Pharmaceutical Packaging Technology Edited by

D.A. Dean, E.R. Evans, and I.H. Hall Pharmaceutical packaging requires a greater knowledge of materials and a greater intensity of testing than most other packed products, not to mention a sound knowledge of pharmaceutical products and an understanding of regulatory requirements. Structured to meet the needs of the global market, this volume provides an assessment of a wide range of issues. It covers the entire supply chain from conversion of raw materials into packaging materials and assembly into product packs. Integrating information from many drug delivery systems, the author discusses testing and evaluation and emphasizes traceability and the need for additional safeguards. Catalog no. RU34317, ISBN: 978-0-7484-0440-7 2001, 6 x 9, 646 pp. Suggested Price: $409.95 / £228.00

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 90

12/19/08 10:22:20 AM

Six Sigma in the Pharmaceutical Industry

Understanding, Reducing, and Controlling Variation in Pharmaceuticals and Biologics

Biologically Inspired Textiles

Brian K. Nunnally

Edited by

Wyeth Vaccines, Sanford, North Carolina, USA

A. Abbott and M. Ellison

Clemson University, South Carolina, USA

John S. McConnell

Wysol Pty Ltd, Warner, Queensland, Australia

An introduction to the fundamentals of Six Sigma, this book examines control chart theory and practice and then explains the concept of variation management and reduction applied specifically to the pharmaceutical industry. The first half lays out a conceptual framework for understanding variation, while the second half introduces control chart theory and practice. Using case studies and statistics, the book illustrates the concepts and explains their application to actual workplace improvements. Providing the basis for a complete operating philosophy, this book focuses on core concepts and their implementation to improve the existing products and processes in the pharmaceutical industry.

Written by a distinguished team of international authors, Biologically-Inspired Textiles explores the current state of the art in this research arena and examines how biomimetics are increasingly applied to new textile technologies. It discusses the principles, production, and properties of biomimetics. Chapters include recombinant DNA technologies and their application for protein production, spinning of fibers from protein solutions, and structure/function relationships in spider silk. Building on this foundation, the book then provides a review of the application of biomimetics to a range of textile applications, including the design of clothing and self-cleaning textiles.

Catalog no. 54932, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5439-2 2007, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 224 pp., Soft Cover Suggested Price: $93.95 / £51.99

Catalog no. WP7985, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7985-2 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 320 pp. Suggested Price: $219.95 / £115.00

3D Fibrous Assemblies

Properties, Applications and Modelling of ThreeDimensional Textile Structures

Coated Textiles

Edited by

Ashish Kumar Sen

Jinlian Hu

Pharmaceutical Manufacturing / Textile Manufacturing

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Principles and Applications, Second Edition

Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong

Emeritus Scientist of Defense Materials & Stores, Kanpur, India

Written by a distinguished author, this book summarizes key developments and their applications in the textile industry. It begins with an introduction to the concepts and types of 3D fibrous assemblies. The author then discusses how 3D fabrics can be applied in textiles products. These range from composites and protective clothing to medical textiles. The remainder of the book reviews the two main 3D fabrics: multi-axial warp knitted fabrics, and multi-layer woven fabrics. It explores themes such as structure, manufacture, properties, and modeling for both fabrics. It will be a pioneering guide for a broad spectrum of readers.

While the original edition of Coated Textiles brought together much of the interdisciplinary information scattered throughout the literature, recent advances have made a second edition essential to provide needed information for those looking to develop the latest textiles. This revision looks at contributions made by nanotechnology and includes developments in waterproof and breathable fabrics, as well as updated information on airbag fabrics, lamination covering methods, temperature-adaptable clothing, and a host of other topics, including coated fabrics for the military, a multibillion dollar industry.

Catalog no. WP7986, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7986-9 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 256 pp. Suggested Price: $219.95 / £115.00

Catalog no. 53450, ISBN: 978-1-4200-5345-6 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 264 pp. Suggested Price: $209.95 / £117.00

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 91

12/19/08 10:22:21 AM

For more information and a complete list

Cotton

Science and Technology Edited by

S. Gordon

CSIRO Textile and Fibre Technology, Australia Consultant, Australia

Integrating the Design and Manufacture of Textile Products Edited by

Textile Manufacturing

Y.L. Hsieh

Y. El-Mogahzy

Based on the work of an array of international experts, this book provides a comprehensive analysis of scientific and technological advances that ensure the quality of cotton is maintained from the field to the fabric. It begins with a discussion of the fundamental chemical and physical structure of cotton and its various properties and offers advice on measuring and ensuring the quality of cotton genetic modification and organic production. Covering spinning, knitting, and weaving technologies as well as techniques in dyeing, the book concludes with a discussion of practical aspects such as health and safety issues and recycling methods for used cotton.

A pioneering guide to textile product design and development, this book covers technical and traditional textiles, discussing several approaches to the fiber-to-fabric engineering of various textile products. It begins with discussions of fiber-to-fabric engineering in the context of product development and design of fiber-based products and then explores the different types of fibers, yarns, and fabrics suitable for the production of traditional and functionfocused textiles. It concludes with a discussion of the development of specific fiber applications, ranging from traditional textile products through to technical textiles for transport and medical applications.

University of California, USA

Catalog no. WP9101, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9101-9 2007, 6 x 9, 548 pp. Suggested Price: $249.95 / £139.00

Engineering Textiles

Auburn University, USA

Catalog no. WP9372, ISBN: 978-1-4200-9372-8 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 496 pp. Suggested Price: $289.95 / £153.00

Digital Printing of Textiles

Environmental Aspects of Textile Dyeing

Edited by

H. Ujiie

R.M. Christie

Digital Printing of Textiles contains fundamental technical explanations along with current research. This comprehensive introduction to the subject is broken into five sections. After two introductory chapters, it examines printer and print head technologies and the printer software required for successful color design and management. It then explores the digital printing coloration process, with chapters on substrate preparation, pigmented ink, aqueous inkjet ink, pre-treatment, and printing on cationized cotton with reactive inks. The book concludes with three chapters on the design and business aspect of digital printing.

Written by an international team of contributors, Environmental Aspects of Textile Dyeing reviews current legislation and key technologies that make textile dyeing more efficient and environmentally friendly. The book begins by detailing European and US legislation relating to textile dyeing. Further chapters cover toxicology, environmentally responsible application of dyes, and supercritical fluid textile dyeing. The book concludes with chapters on the reduction of pollution and minimization of waste, the re-use of spent dyebath, chemical treatment of dye effluent, and biotechnological treatment of dye effluent.

Catalog no. WP9100, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9100-2 2007, 6 x 9, 368 pp. Suggested Price: $269.95 / £150.00

Catalog no. WP4445, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4445-4 2007, 6 x 9, 238 pp. Suggested Price: $209.95 / £117.00

Philadelphia University, USA

Heriot-Watt University, UK

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 92

12/19/08 10:22:22 AM

Fiber to Fabric Engineering

From Traditional to Technical Textiles

Intelligent Textiles and Clothing

Edited by

Y. El-Mogahzy

H.R. Mattila

With an increase in textile manufacturers relocating to developing countries with cheaper overheads, the manufacturers that remain need to diversify and add value to their products to be competitive. These value-added products are designed from traditional methods not specific to their new technical applications. This is causing problems in the marketplace. Fiber to Fabric Engineering examines design concepts from traditional to technical textiles and discusses engineering approaches to the process of manufacturing these products. The book covers current approaches and their limitations, design capacity of specific textiles, and integrated fiber to fabric design.

Intelligent Textiles and Clothing draws on knowledge from a number of disciplines, including electronics, textiles, telecommunications, biotechnology, and medicine. Part One is dedicated to phase change materials (PCM); Part Two explores the emerging field of shape memory materials (SMM) in some detail; and the third section deals with chromic materials (color change) and conductive materials. The final section of the book looks at current and potential applications. The chapters represent an outstanding panel of international experts, bringing a wealth of information together. This is an essential guide for all electrical, textile, and biomedical engineers as well as academics and fashion designers.

Catalog no. WP4446, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4446-1 January 2009, 6 x 9, 496 pp. Suggested Price: $299.95 / £150.00

Catalog no. WP9099, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9099-9 2007, 6 x 9, 506 pp. Suggested Price: $289.95 / £161.00

Auburn University, USA

Tampere University of Technology, Finland

Innovation and Technology of Women’s Intimate Apparel

Military Textiles

Edited by

W. Yu, J. Fan, S.C. Harlock, and S.P. Ng

Eugene Wilusz

Ladies intimate apparel dominates the intimate apparel market, encouraging much research in the area. More complex than men’s apparel in terms of research and technology, the knowledge developed can easily be transferred to men’s intimate apparel where appropriate. Innovation and Technology of Women’s Intimate Apparel is the first monograph in the world to offer a thorough review and critical appreciation of the technological and innovative developments of ladies’ intimate apparel. It describes the principles and scientific understanding of size, materials, pattern, fit, comfort, and health considerations to achieve the functional and technical design of various types of lingerie.

Textiles for military uniforms face a complex set of challenges. They must provide protection, durability, and comfort in a wide range of hostile environments. Military Textiles reviews a range of recent research on how military clothing can best meet soldiers’ needs. It discusses the general requirements of military textiles, including damage resistance, comfort, sweat management, cold-weather conditions, and the integration of high-tech materials into uniforms. The book also covers the protective role of military textiles, covering such areas as high-performance ballistic fibers, textiles for chemical and biological protection, camouflage materials, and military fabrics for flame protection.

Catalog no. WP9105, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9105-7 2007, 6 x 9, 248 pp. Suggested Price: $239.95 / £133.00

Catalog no. WP7960, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7960-9 2008, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 384 pp. Suggested Price: $259.95 / £137.00

Textile Manufacturing

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

US Army Natick Soldier Center, USA

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 93

12/19/08 10:22:22 AM

For more information and a complete list

Textile Manufacturing 94

Nanofibers and Nanotechnology in Textiles

Polyesters and Polyamides

Edited by

P.J. Brown and K. Stevens

B.L. Deopura, R. Alagirusamy, M. Joshi, and B. Gupta

Written by a panel of industrial and academic experts, this book reviews the impact of nanotechnology on the development of a new generation of textile fibers with enhanced functionality and a wide range of applications. It explores nanofiber production, discussing how different fiber types can be produced using various electrospinning techniques. The book analyzes the production and properties of carbon nanotubes and polymer nanocomposites and their applications in such areas as aerospace engineering. It covers ways of using nanotechnology to improve polymer properties such as thermal stability and dyeability and the use of nanotechnology to modify textile surfaces.

International in scope, this book covers polyester and polyamides, still the most used group of fibers. It reviews methods of production, ways of improving their functionality, and a wide range of applications. The book begins with a description of raw materials and manufacturing processes, including environmental issues. It then explores ways of improving the functionality of polyester and polyamide fibers, including blending, weaving, coloration and other finishing techniques as well as new techniques such as nanotechnology. The book concludes with coverage of the range of uses, from apparel and sportswear to automotive, medical, and civil engineering applications.

Catalog no. WP4449, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4449-2 2008, 6 x 9, 528 pp. Suggested Price: $279.95 / £156.00

Catalog no. WP7972, ISBN: 978-1-4200-7972-2 January 2009, 6-1/8 x 9-1/4, 632 pp. Suggested Price: $289.95 / £161.00

Clemson University, USA

Plasma Technologies for Textiles

Indian Institute of Technology, India

Edited by

Shape Memory Polymers and Textiles

R. Shishoo

Jinlian Hu

Written by a distinguished editor and international experts, this pioneering book is an essential guide to the technology and science related to plasma and its practical applications in the textile industry. Part One discusses the science and technology behind plasmas, including their characteristics and methods of control and treatment in the processing of textiles. Part Two concentrates on specific applications of plasma technologies. It covers treatments for water and oil repellency of textiles, engineering of biomedical textiles, and woolen finishing techniques through the use of plasma technologies. It is an invaluable reference for researchers, scientists, and technologists.

Dynamically responsive to temperature and moisture, shape memory polymers are a huge innovation which could transform the future of the textile and garment industry. This authoritative book explains how shape memory polymers work, examines how various factors affect their properties, and extensively reviews their structure, synthesis, and preparation. The author covers analytical and other methods for characterizing and modelling shape memory properties. She uses shape memory polyurethane and environmentally-sensitive polymer gels as real examples to illustrate their behavior and concludes by assessing potential applications such as wrinkle-free fabrics and smart fabrics.

Catalog no. WP4450, ISBN: 978-1-4200-4450-8 2007, 6 x 9, 322 pp. Suggested Price: $209.95 / £117.00

Catalog no. WP9107, ISBN: 978-0-8493-9107-1 2007, 6 x 9, 345 pp. Suggested Price: $249.95 / £139.00

Shishoo Consulting AB, Sweden

Hong Kong Polytechnic University, Hong Kong

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 94

12/19/08 10:22:23 AM

3D fibrous assemblies: Properties, applications and modelling of three-dimensional textile structures...........91 5 Pillars of the Visual Workplace.......................................70 5S for Operators Learning Package...................................70 5S for Operators: 5 Pillars of the Visual Workplace..........70 5s Pocket Guide.................................................................70 5S System DVD: Workplace Organization and Standardization.................................................................70

A A Course on Queueing Models...........................................42 A Guide to Human Factors and Ergonomics, Second Edition.....................................................................4 A Revolution in Manufacturing: The SMED System........81 A Standard for Enterprise Project Management...............58 A Systemic-Structural Theory of Activity: Applications to Human Performance and Work Design............................14 A3 Problem Solving for Healthcare: A Practical Method for Eliminating Waste........................38 About: Designing. Analysing Design Meetings: Edited papers from the Seventh Design Thinking Research Symposium (DTRS7), London, UK, September 2007......16 Acceptance Sampling in Quality Control, Second Edition...................................................................59 Advanced Manufacturing: An ICT and Systems Perspective........................................67 Advances in Apparel Production........................................52 Adversarial Reasoning: Computational Approaches to Reading the Opponent’s Mind...........................................41 Air Quality, 4th Edition......................................................23 Aircraft System Safety: Military and Civil Aeronautical Applications.........................................................................5 Applications of Cognitive Work Analysis.............................7 Applied Attention Theory...................................................11 Applied Cost Engineering, Third Edition..........................33 Architecture and Principles of Systems Engineering........64 The Art of Systems Architecting, Third Edition.................65 Asbestos: Risk Assessment, Epidemiology, and Health Effects.................................................................................23 Assembly Automation and Product Design, Second Edition...................................................................46 Auditory Processing and Mental Workloads.......................7 Autonomous Maintenance DVD Set: Shopfloor TPM Implementation.................................................................46 Autonomous Maintenance for Operators..........................47 Autonomous Maintenance in Seven Steps: Implementing TPM on the Shop Floor.............................47

B The Basics of FMEA, 2nd Edition......................................59 Bayesian Process Monitoring, Control and Optimization......................................................................60 Becoming Lean: Inside Stories of U.S. Manufacturers.....69 Beyond Human Error: Taxonomies and Safety Science...27 Beyond the Theory of Constraints: How to Eliminate Variation & Maximize Capacity........................................69 Biologically inspired textiles.............................................91 Biomechanics and Exercise Physiology: Quantitative Modeling............................................................................11 Biomechanics in Ergonomics, Second Edition................27

Biomechanics of the Upper Extremities: Mechanics, Modeling, and Musculoskeletal Injuries, Second Edition...................................................................11 Biotechnology in Textile Processing.................................82 Bodyspace: Anthropometry, Ergonomics and the Design of Work, Third Edition...........................................20 Boilers for Power and Process...........................................47 Building a Project Work Breakdown Structure: Visualizing Objectives, Deliverables, Activities, and Schedules...........................................................................53 Building Vulnerability Assessments: Industrial Hygiene and Engineering Concepts................................................23 Bullying and Emotional Abuse in the Workplace: International Perspectives in Research and Practice.......21

C Canine Ergonomics: The Science of Working Dogs...........7 Cellular Manufacturing: One-Piece Flow for Workteams.........................................71 Chemical Process Performance Evaluation......................82 Coated Textiles: Principles and Applications, Second Edition...................................................................91 The Cognitive Artifacts of Designing...................................7 Commercializing Micro-Nanotechnology Products.........87 Complete Confined Spaces Handbook..............................24 The Complete Guide for CPP Examination Preparation........................................................................36 The Complete Project Management Methodology and Toolkit................................................................................53 The Complete Project Management Office Handbook, Second Edition...................................................................54 Composites Forming Technologies...................................82 Composites Manufacturing: Materials, Product, and Process Engineering..........................................................83 Configuration Management: Implementation, Principles, and Applications for Manufacturing Industries...........................................................................54 Context-Aware Computing and Self-Managing Systems....9 The Control Handbook......................................................33 Corporate Safety Compliance: OSHA, Ethics, and the Law................................................27 Cotton: Science and Technology.......................................92 CRC Handbook of Laboratory Safety, 5th Edition.............28 Customer Satisfaction Planning: Ensuring Product Quality and Safety Within Your MRP/ERP Systems.........60

D Decision Options: The Art and Science of Making Decisions............................................................................42 Decommissioning and Radioactive Waste Management......................................................................24 Definitions, Conversions, and Calculations for Occupational Safety and Health Professionals, Third Edition.....................................................................28 Design and Emotion..........................................................16 The Design and Layout of Fire Sprinkler Systems, Second Edition...................................................................47 Design Engineering: A Manual for Enhanced Creativity............................................................................16 Design for Reliability.........................................................60

Design of Biomedical Devices and Systems, Second Edition...................................................................16 Designing Complex Systems: Foundations of Design in the Functional Domain..........65 Designing for Accessibility: A Business Guide to Countering Design Exclusion...........................................17 Designing for Older Adults: Principles and Creative Human Factors Approaches, Second Edition....................17 Designing for Situation Awareness: An Approach to User-Centered Design, Second Edition..............................17 Designing Pleasurable Products: An Introduction to the New Human Factors..........................................................17 Designing Usability into Medical Products.......................18 Determining Project Requirements..................................54 Digital Printing of Textiles................................................92 Disaster and Recovery Planning: A Guide for Facility Managers, Fourth Edition.................................................36 Discharge Planning Handbook for Healthcare: Top 10 Secrets to Unlocking a New Revenue Pipeline..................39 Display and Interface Design: Subtle Science, Exact Art....8 Driver Distraction: Theory, Effects, and Mitigation............8

E Effective Communications for Project Management.......54 Effective Opportunity Management for Projects: Exploiting Positive Risk.....................................................55 Effective Project Management Through Applied Cost and Schedule Control........................................................55 Effective Safety and Health Training.................................28 Effective Transition from Design to Production...............68 Electronic Devices on Discrete Components for Industrial and Power Engineering....................................34 Emergency Evacuation Planning and Management.......36 Encyclopedia of Chemical Processing..............................83 Engineering Design Reliability Applications: For the Aerospace, Automotive and Ship Industries.........60 Engineering Design Reliability Handbook.......................61 Engineering Economics and Economic Design for Process Engineers..............................................................83 The Engineering Handbook, Second Edition...................34 Engineering Mega-Systems: The Challenge of Systems Engineering in the Information Age.................................65 Engineering Textiles: Integrating the Design and Manufacture of Textile Products.......................................92 Enterprise Systems Engineering: Theory and Practice.....65 Environmental aspects of textile dyeing...........................92 Environmental Site Assessment Phase I: Fundamentals, Guidelines, and Regulations, Third Edition.....................24 Environmentally compatible food packaging..................88 Ergonomics and Psychology: Developments in Theory and Practice................................9 Ergonomics for Beginners: A Quick Reference Guide, Third Edition.......................................................................3 Ergonomics for Children: Designing Products and Places for Toddler to Teens.........................................18 Ergonomics for Rehabilitation Professionals.....................3 Ergonomics in Developing Regions: Needs and Applications.......................................................................21 Ergonomics Laboratory Exercises.......................................3 Evaluation of Human Work, 3rd Edition..........................11

Title Index

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 95

12/19/08 10:22:23 AM

For more information and a complete list Expert Witnessing and Scientific Testimony: Surviving in the Courtroom................................................3 ‘Extra-Ordinary’ Ergonomics: How to Accommodate Small and Big Persons, The Disabled and Elderly, Expectant Mothers, and Children.....................................12

Title Index

Facilities Design, Third Edition.........................................37 Fiber to Fabric Engineering: From Traditional to Technical Textiles.............................93 Financial Justification of Nondestructive Testing: Cost of Quality in Manufacturing.....................................61 Financial Models and Tools for Managing Lean Manufacturing...................................................................71 Fire Protection: Systems and Response.............................37 Fitting the Human: Introduction to Ergonomics, Sixth Edition......................................................................21 Flat-Rolled Steel Processes: Advanced Technologies........76 Food Industry Quality Control Systems.............................61 Food Packaging and Shelf Life: A Practical Guide...........88 Food Packaging Science and Technology.........................89 Food Packaging: Principles and Practice, Second Edition...................................................................88 Food Plant Sanitation: Design, Maintenance, and Good Manufacturing Practices..................................48 Forensic Issues in Alcohol Testing.....................................24 Fundamentals and Assessment Tools for Occupational Ergonomics........................................................................14 The Fundamentals of Lean DVD.......................................71 Fundamentals of Machining and Machine Tools, Third Edition.....................................................................77 Fundamentals of Machining Processes: Conventional and Nonconventional Processes.................77 Fundamentals of Manufacturing Engineering................68 Fundamentals of Manufacturing For Engineers..............68

G 96

Global Engineering Project Management........................55 Green Manufacturing: Case Studies in Lean and Sustainability.....................................................................72 Guidelines for Process Hazards Analysis (PHA, HAZOP), Hazards Identification, and Risk Analysis........................61

H Handbook of Advanced Ceramics Machining...................77 Handbook of Aviation Human Factors, Second Edition.....6 Handbook of Control Room Design and Ergonomics: A Perspective for the Future, Second Edition....................21 Handbook of Digital Human Modeling: Research for Applied Ergonomics and Human Factors Engineering....12 Handbook of Energy Audits, Seventh Edition...................37 Handbook of Frozen Food Processing and Packaging.....83 Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics in Health Care and Patient Safety.........................................39 Handbook of Human Factors and Ergonomics Methods.........................................................12 Handbook of Human Factors in Medical Device Design.....................................................................18 Handbook of Indoor Air Contaminants............................25 Handbook of Induction Heating.......................................84

Handbook of Industrial and Systems Engineering...........66 Handbook of Industrial Drying, Third Edition.................84 Handbook of Lapping and Polishing................................77 Handbook of Machining with Grinding Wheels...............78 Handbook of Manufacturing Engineering, Second Edition - 4 Volume Set..........................................52 Handbook of Microbiological Quality Control in Pharmaceuticals and Medical Devices..............................90 Handbook of Military Industrial Engineering..................66 Handbook of Modern Hospital Safety, Second Edition.....39 Handbook of OSHA Construction Safety and Health, Second Edition...................................................................28 Handbook of Package Engineering, Third Edition..........89 Handbook of Safety and Health for the Service Industry, Four-Volume Set.................................................29 Handbook of Scheduling: Algorithms, Models, and Performance Analysis........................................................42 Handbook of Staircases, Escalators and Moving Walkways.......................................................18 Handbook of Standards and Guidelines in Ergonomics and Human Factors.............................................................4 Handbook of Thermal Process Modeling of Steels...........78 Handbook of Warnings......................................................12 Harmonics and Power Systems.........................................25 Healthcare Hazard Control and Safety Management, Second Edition...................................................................29 How Healthcare Works: An Introduction to Hospitals, Health Systems and Other Providers of Care.....................39 How to Develop and Implement a Security Master Plan........................................................................37 Human Error: Causes and Control....................................29 Human Factors Engineering and Ergonomics: A Systems Approach.............................................................5 Human Factors in Lighting, Second Edition....................13 Human Factors in Simple and Complex Systems, Second Edition...................................................................13 Human Factors in Simulation and Training......................6 Human Factors in the Maritime Domain.........................13 Human Factors Issues in Handgun Safety and Forensics.....................................................................19 Human Factors of Visual and Cognitive Performance in Driving.......................................................8 Human Performance Modeling in Aviation........................6 Human Performance, Workload, and Awareness Measures Handbook, Second Edition................................13 Human Safety and Risk Management, Second Edition...................................................................30 Human-Computer Interaction Fundamentals.................10 The Human-Computer Interaction Handbook: Fundamentals, Evolving Technologies and Emerging Applications, Second Edition.............................................10 Human-Computer Interaction: Design Issues, Solutions, and Applications.......................10 Human-Computer Interaction: Designing for Diverse Users and Domains........................10 Human-Computer Interaction: Development Process.....10 Hydroforming for Advanced Manufacturing....................84

I Identifying Waste on the Shopfloor...................................72 Industrial Boilers and Heat Recovery Steam Generators: Design, Applications, and Calculations............................48 Industrial Fire Protection Handbook, Second Edition.....38 Industrial Hygiene Control of Airborne Chemical Hazards..............................................................25 Industrial Hygiene Evaluation Methods...........................23 Industrial Power Systems..................................................34 Industrial Process Sensors.................................................48 Industrial Project Management: Concepts, Tools, and Techniques.........................................................................55 Industrial Safety and Health for Administrative Services...............................................................................29 Industrial Safety and Health for Goods and Materials Services...............................................................................29 Industrial Safety and Health for Infrastructure Services...............................................................................29 Industrial Safety and Health for People-Oriented Services...............................................................................29 Innovation and Technology of Women’s Intimate Apparel...............................................................................93 Insourcing Innovation: How to Achieve Competitive Excellence Using TRIZ......................................................80 Instrumentation for Process Measurement and Control, Third Editon......................................................................48 Integrated Product and Process Design and Development: The Product Realization Process, Second Edition............84 Integration Technologies for Industrial Automated Systems...............................................................................34 Intelligent and Active Packaging for Fruits and Vegetables...........................................................................89 Intelligent textiles and clothing........................................93 International Encyclopedia of Ergonomics and Human Factors, Second Edition - 3 Volume Set.................4 International Encyclopedia of Ergonomics and Human Factors, Second Edition - CD-ROM.......................4 International Encyclopedia of Ergonomics and Human Factors, Second Edition and CD-ROM..................4 Interventions, Controls, and Applications in Occupational Ergonomics.................................................14 Introduction to Ergonomics, Third Edition........................5 Introduction to Human Factors and Ergonomics for Engineers...........................................................................19 Introduction to Process Control........................................85 Introduction to Scheduling...............................................42 Introduction to the Mathematics of Operations Research with Mathematica®, Second Edition.................43

J JIT Implementation Manual -- The Complete Guide to Just-In-Time Manufacturing: Volume 1 -The Just-In-Time Production System...............................72 JIT Implementation Manual -- The Complete Guide to Just-In-Time Manufacturing: Volume 2 -Waste and the 5S’s.............................................................72 JIT Implementation Manual -- The Complete Guide to Just-In-Time Manufacturing: Volume 3 -Flow Manufacturing -- Multi-Process Operations and Kanban...............................................................................72

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 96

12/19/08 10:22:24 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m

K Kaizen Assembly: Designing, Constructing, and Managing a Lean Assembly Line.......................................52 Kaizen for the Shop Floor: A Zero-Waste Environment with Process Automation...................................................73 Knowledge Discovery from Sensor Data............................43

L Laser Safety: Tools and Training.......................................30 Lean Assembly: The Nuts and Bolts of Making Assembly Operations Flow.................................................73 Lean for the Process Industries: Dealing With Complexity..................................................71 Lean Hospitals: Improving Quality, Patient Safety, and Employee Satisfaction.......................................................40 Lean Manufacturing: Tools, Techniques, and How to Use Them...............................................................73 Lean Performance ERP Project Management: Implementing the Virtual Lean Enterprise, Second Edition...................................................................56 Lean Production Simplified, Second Edition: A Plain-Language Guide to the World’s Most Powerful Production System.............................................................73 Lean Six Sigma in Service: Applications and Case Studies.......................................................................62 Lighting for Driving: Roads, Vehicles, Signs, and Signals........................................................................14 Liquid Lean: Lean Manufacturing in the Chemical and Process Manufacturing......................................................74

M Machining Technology: Machine Tools and Operations..........................................................................78 Made-to-Order Lean: Excelling in a High-Mix, Low-Volume Environment................................................74 Maintaining Safe Mobility in an Aging Society..................8 Maintenance, Replacement, and Reliability: Theory and Applications....................................................62 Managing Global Development Risk................................56 Managing Indoor Air Quality, Fourth Edition..................38 Managing Workers’ Compensation: A Guide to Injury Reduction and Effective Claim Management...................30 Manufacturing Facilities: Location, Planning, and Design, Third Edition........................................................38 Manufacturing Strategy, 2nd Edition: How to Formulate and Implement a Winning Plan........80 Manufacturing Techniques for Microfabrication and Nanotechnology.................................................................87

Manufacturing: Design, Production, Automation, and Integration.........................................................................68 Materials and Process Selection for Engineering Design, Second Edition...................................................................85 Materials Processing Handbook........................................85 Maximizing Emergency Department Productivity...........40 Measurement and Control in Food Processing.................85 Measuring Workplace Performance, Second Edition.......22 Medical Error and Patient Safety: Human Factors in Medicine.............................................................................40 Medical Instrumentation: Accessibility and Usability Considerations...................................................................19 Metal Cutting Theory and Practice, Second Edition........78 Metalworking Fluids, Second Edition...............................79 Microbial Limit and Bioburden Tests: Validation Approaches and Global Requirements,Second Edition....90 Microfabrication and Nanomanufacturing......................87 Microjoining and Nanojoining.........................................87 Microorganisms in Home and Indoor Work Environments: Diversity, Health Impacts, Investigation and Control........................................................................25 Military Textiles.................................................................93 Mineral Wool: Production and Properties........................86 Mistake-Proofing for Operators: The ZQC System............74 Model-oriented Systems Engineering Science: A Unifying Framework for Traditional and Complex Systems...........66 Modeling and Control of Engineering Systems................66 Modeling of Steelmaking Processes..................................79 Modified and Controlled Atmospheres for the Storage, Transportation, and Packaging of Horticultural Commodities......................................................................89 MOST Work Measurement Systems, Third Edition,..........80 Motor Fleet Safety and Security Management..................30

N Nanofibers and Nanotechnology in Textiles.....................94 Nanotechnology in Fibrous Materials: A New Perspective...............................................................88 Nanotechnology: Health and Environmental Risks.........26

O The Occupational Ergonomics Handbook, Second Edition, Two Volume Set.......................................14 Occupational Ergonomics Reference Library.....................5 Occupational Health and Safety Management: A Practical Approach, Second Edition...............................31 Occupational Hearing Loss, Third Edition.......................31 OEE for Operators: Overall Equipment Effectiveness.......49 Office Ergonomics: Practical Applications........................22 Operations in Food Refrigeration......................................86 Operations Research and Management Science Handbook...........................................................................44 Operations Research Applications.....................................44 Operations Research Methodologies.................................44 Operations Research: A Practical Introduction................43 Optimal Design of Queuing Systems.................................43 Optimization in Medicine and Biology.............................44 Optimization Modelling: A Practical Approach................44

P Packaging Closures and Sealing Systems.........................90 Patient Safety: The PROACT Root Cause Analysis Approach............................................................................40 Pharmaceutical Packaging Technology...........................90 Physical Metallurgy of Direct Chill Casting of Aluminum Alloys...............................................................79 The Pittsburgh Way to Efficient Healthcare: Improving Patient Care Using Toyota Based Methods.....41 Planning and Design of Control Rooms...........................19 Plant Engineers and Managers Guide to Energy Conservation......................................................................49 Plasma technologies for textiles........................................94 Polyesters and polyamides.................................................94 Practical Guide To Injection Blow Molding......................53 Practical Guide to Project Planning.................................56 Practical Lubrication for Industrial Facilities, Second Edition...................................................................49 Practical Plant Failure Analysis: A Guide to Understanding Machinery Deterioration and Improving Equipment Reliability...........................................................................49 Practical TPM: Successful Equipment Management at Agilent Technologies..........................................................50 Principles and Practice of Aviation Psychology..................6 Principles of Hazardous Materials Management, Second Edition...................................................................26 Principles of Total Quality, Third Edition.........................62 Probability Models in Operations Research......................45 Process Engineering and Design Using Visual Basic........86 Process Oriented Analysis: Design and Optimization of Industrial Production Systems..........................................53 Product Design..................................................................20 Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly, Second Edition, Revised and Expanded............................86 Product Reliability, Maintainability, and Supportability Handbook, Second Edition................................................62 Production and Operations Management........................50 Production Planning and Industrial Scheduling: Examples, Case Studies and Applications, Second Edition...................................................................45 Project and Cost Engineers’ Handbook, Fourth Edition..56 Project Management in the Fast Lane: Applying the Theory of Constraints........................................................57 Project Management Maturity Model, Second Edition....57 Project Management of Complex and Embedded Systems: Ensuring Product Integrity and Program Quality...........57 Project Management Recipes for Success.........................57 Promotion of Work Ability towards Productive Aging: Selected papers of the 3rd International Symposium on Work Ability, Hanoi, Vietnam, 22-24 October 2007..........22 The Psychology of Safety Handbook.................................31 Psychophysics of Reading in Normal and Low Vision........9 Pull Production for the Shopfloor.....................................74

Title Index

JIT Implementation Manual -- The Complete Guide to Just-In-Time Manufacturing: Volume 4 -Leveling -- Changeover and Quality Assurance................72 JIT Implementation Manual -- The Complete Guide to Just-In-Time Manufacturing: Volume 5 -- Standardized Operations -- Jidoka and Maintenance/Safety..................72 JIT Implementation Manual -- The Complete Guide to Just-In-Time Manufacturing: Volume 6 -- JIT Implementation Forms and Charts..................................72 JIT Implementation Manual: The Complete Guide to Just-inTime Manufacturing, Second Edition (6-Volume Set)..................................................................72

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 97

12/19/08 10:22:25 AM

For more information and a complete list Q Quality Engineering Handbook........................................63 Quick Changeover for Operators: The SMED System.......75 Quick Changeover Simplified: The Manager’s Guide to Improving Profits with SMED...........................................81 Quick Response Manufacturing: A Companywide Approach to Reducing Lead Times....................................75

Title Index

Radiation Risks in Perspective..........................................26 Radiation Safety in Nuclear Medicine, Second Edition...32 Radioactive Air Sampling Methods...................................26 Rapid Prototyping and Engineering Applications: A Toolbox for Prototype Development...............................69 Real-Time Weld Process Monitoring.................................79 Reliability Analysis and Prediction with Warranty Data: Issues, Strategies, and Methods.........................................63 Reliability Engineering and Risk Analysis: A Practical Guide...............................................................63 Reliability Technology, Human Error, and Quality in Health Care........................................................................41 Risk Analysis in Engineering: Techniques, Tools, and Trends.................................................................................45 Roll Forming Handbook...................................................80 The Root Cause Analysis Handbook: A Simplified Approach to Identifying, Correcting, and Reporting Workplace Errors...............................................................63 Root Cause Analysis: Improving Performance for Bottom-Line Results, Third Edition..................................35

Safe Use of Chemicals: A Practical Guide.........................32 Safety Management: A Guide for Facility Managers, Second Edition...................................................................32 The Semantic Turn: A New Foundation for Design..........20 Shape Memory Polymers and Textiles..............................94 Simplified TRIZ: New Problem Solving Applications for Engineers and Manufacturing Professionals, Second Edition...................................................................81 Simulation of Industrial Systems: Discrete Event Simulation Using Excel/VBA.............................................45 Six Sigma in the Pharmaceutical Industry: Understanding, Reducing, and Controlling Variation in Pharmaceuticals and Biologics.........................................91 Slip and Fall Prevention: A Practical Handbook..............32 Sound and Vibrations of Positive Displacement Compressors.......................................................................50 SPC Simplified: Practical Steps to Quality........................64 Standard Work FOR THE SHOPFLOOR.............................75 Steam Turbines for Modern Fossil-Fuel Power Plants......50 STEP Project Management: Guide for Science, Technology, and Engineering Projects.............................58 Stories of Modern Technology Failures and Cognitive Engineering Successes.........................................................9 Strategic Error-Proofing: Achieving Success Every Time with Smarter FMEAs..........................................................64 The Strategic Project Leader: Mastering Service-Based Project Leadership.............................................................58 The Strategic Project Office: A Guide to Improving Organizational Performance............................................58

Stream of Variation Modeling and Analysis for Multistage Manufacturing Processes................................64 Supply Chain Project Management. Second Edition.......59 System Safety Engineering And Risk Assessment: A Practical Approach.........................................................33 Systemic Yoyos: Some Impacts of the Second Dimension.........................................................................46 Systems Engineering Guidebook: A Process for Developing Systems and Products...............67 Systems of Systems Engineering: Principles and Applications.......................................................................67 Systems Thinking: Coping with 21st Century Problems..67

Workforce Cross Training..................................................15 Working Safe: How to Help People Actively Care for Health and Safety, Second Edition......................31 Working with Machines: The Nuts and Bolts of Lean Operations with Jidoka......................................................76 Workplace Drug Testing....................................................27 Writing and Designing Manuals and Warnings 4e..........33

T Technomics: The Theory of Industrial Evolution.............35 Ten Questions About Human Error: A New View of Human Factors and System Safety............15 Thinking for a Change: Putting the TOC Thinking Processes to Use.................................................................81 The Toyota Product Development System: Integrating People, Process, and Technology...................75 Toyota Production System: Beyond Large-Scale Production.........................................................................76 TPM for Every Operator.....................................................51 TPM for Supervisors...........................................................51 TPM in Process Industries.................................................51 TPM Team Guide...............................................................51 Training Within Industry: The Foundation of Lean.........15 Transformative Quality: The Emerging Revolution in Health Care Performance..................................................41 Triple C Model of Project Management: Communication, Cooperation, and Coordination...........59 Trust Management in Virtual Work Environments: A Human Factors Perspective............................................22 The TWI Workbook: Essential Skills for Supervisors........15

U Uncertainty Modeling and Analysis in Engineering and the Sciences................................................................46 Understanding A3 Thinking: A Critical Component of Toyota’s PDCA Management System.................................82 The Universal Access Handbook........................................10 Universal and Accessible Design for Products, Services, and Processes.....................................................................20 Uptime, 2nd Edition: Strategies for Excellence in Maintenance Management...............................................52 User Interface Software: Principles and Technologies......10

V Value Stream Mapping for Lean Development: A How-To Guide for Streamlining Time to Market...........76 Virtual and Rapid Manufacturing: Advanced Research in Virtual and Rapid Prototyping.....69

W, X, Y, Z What Every Engineer Should Know About Business Communication................................................................35 What Every Engineer Should Know About Career Management......................................................................35 What Every Engineer Should Know About Excel..............36

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 98

12/19/08 10:22:25 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m c

Abbott; A.............................................................................91 Agapiou; John S.................................................................78 Ahmed; Ghariani...............................................................34 Alagirusamy; R..................................................................94 Ammerman; Max...............................................................63 Amsden; Davida M.............................................................64 Amsden; Robert T...............................................................64 Anandjiwala; Rajesh D......................................................88 Anderson; Norman A..........................................................48 Aslaksen; Erik W.................................................................65 Assavapokee; Tiravat..........................................................36 Association for Manufacturing Excellence.......................72 Atesmen; M. Kemal............................................................55 Ayers; James B....................................................................59 Ayyub; Bilal M....................................................................46

Campbell; John Dixon.......................................................52 Carayon; Pascale...............................................................39 Carroll; Brian J...................................................................56 Carter; Michael W...............................................................43 Casey; John J......................................................................64 Cassady; C. Richard...........................................................45 Castro; Candida...................................................................8 Cavaco-Paulo; Artur..........................................................82 Charness; Neil....................................................................17 Charney; William...............................................................39 Chebykin; Olexiy Y...............................................................9 Chiellini; E.........................................................................88 Christie; R.M......................................................................92 Ciambrone; David F...........................................................68 Cinar; Ali............................................................................82 Clark; Forrest.....................................................................33 Clarke; Sharon G...............................................................30 Clontz; Lucia......................................................................90 Clute; Mark........................................................................61 Cohen; Kenneth S................................................................3 Cole; Eugene C...................................................................25 Colosimo; Bianca M..........................................................60 Cook; Raymond.................................................................84 Cooke; Nancy J.....................................................................9 Cooper; Cary L....................................................................21 Corlett; Nigel......................................................................11 Craft-McCormick; Lisa.......................................................28 Cramer; Michael M............................................................48 Crawford; J. Kent...........................................................57,58 Creux; Simone E................................................................53 Crowe; Dana.......................................................................60 Crowson; Richard..............................................................52 Czaja; Sara J.......................................................................17

b Badiru; Abidemi.................................................................55 Badiru; Adedeji B..............................................55, 58,59,66 Badiru; Adetokunboh.........................................................55 Bahr; Nicholas J.................................................................33 Baird; Rosamund M..........................................................90 Baldwin; Carryl L.................................................................7 Bangash; M.Y.H..................................................................18 Barat; Ken..........................................................................30 Baudin; Michel............................................................73, 76 Baxter; Mike.......................................................................20 Beauregard; Michael.........................................................59 Bedny; Gregory...............................................................9, 14 Belcher; Samuel L..............................................................53 Benhabib; Beno.................................................................68 Bennett; Kevin B..................................................................8 Bent; James........................................................................55 Bhuyan; Manabendra........................................................85 Birjandi; Ali........................................................................39 Birmingham; Fletcher.......................................................81 Bisantz; Ann M.....................................................................7 Bisesi; Michael S................................................................24 Black; Micah......................................................................84 Blagojevic; Bogdan............................................................86 Bloch; Heinz P....................................................................49 Boardman; John................................................................67 Böhm; Walter.....................................................................42 Boothroyd; Geoffrey.................................................46,77,86 Boss; Martha J....................................................................24 Boyce; Peter R...............................................................13,14 Bragg; Lisa M.....................................................................39 Bridger; R.S..........................................................................5 Bromann; Mark.................................................................47 Brookhuis; Karel................................................................12 Brown; P.............................................................................94 Brown; Thane....................................................................83 Bryant; James J...................................................................30 Buck; James R....................................................................19 Bullen; Peter......................................................................86 Burke; Robert.....................................................................37 Burns; Catherine M..............................................................7 Burroughs; H.E..................................................................38 Butler; Howard E................................................................64 Byers; Jerry P.......................................................................79

d Dargie; Waltenegus..............................................................9 Datta; Arun K.....................................................................86 Day; Dennis W....................................................................24 De Furia; Guy L..................................................................57 De La Rosa; Francisco.......................................................25 de Silva; Clarence W...........................................................66 Dean; D.A...........................................................................90 DeCarlo; Neil......................................................................80 Dekker; Sidney W.A............................................................15 del Castillo; Enrique..........................................................60 Della-Giustina; Daniel E...................................................30 Dennis; Pascal...................................................................73 Denyer; Stephen P..............................................................90 Deopura; B.L......................................................................94 Dewhurst; Peter..................................................................86 Dhillon; B.S........................................................................41 Di Pilla; Steven..................................................................32 Dickerson; Charles.............................................................64 Dikshith; T.S.S....................................................................32 Dinero; Donald..................................................................15 Dodson; Ronald F...............................................................23 Doi; Toshiro.......................................................................77 Domb; Ellen.......................................................................81 Dorf; Richard C..................................................................34 Duffy; Vincent G.................................................................12

Dul; Jan................................................................................3 Dunning; Scott C...............................................................49 Durso; Frank........................................................................9

e Eapen; Gill.........................................................................42 Eby; David W........................................................................8 Eder; W. Ernst.....................................................................16 Eidson; James Vernon........................................................28 Einarsen; Stale...................................................................21 Eitel; David.........................................................................40 El-Hofy; Hassan............................................................77,78 Elizandro; David................................................................45 Ellison; M...........................................................................91 El-Mogahzy; Y...............................................................92,93 Endsley; Mica R.................................................................17 Erlandson; Robert F...........................................................20 Eskin; Dmitry G.................................................................79 Evans; E.r...........................................................................90 Evans; James W..................................................................79

f Fairhurst; C........................................................................52 Fan; J..................................................................................93 Farag; Mahmoud M...........................................................85 Feinberg; Alec.....................................................................60 Feld; William M.................................................................73 Ferraro; Jack.......................................................................58 Ficco; Mike.........................................................................35 Finucane; Edward W..........................................................28 Fisk; Arthur D.....................................................................17 Flach; John M......................................................................8 Flannigan; Brian...............................................................25 Floyd; Raymond C.............................................................74 Forcinio; Hallie..................................................................89 Foyle: David C......................................................................6 Freivalds; Andris.................................................................11 Fries; Richard C.................................................................16 Furr; A. Keith......................................................................28 Furterer; Sandra L..............................................................62

Author Index

g Gaber; Mohamed...............................................................43 Gallwey; Timothy Joseph.....................................................3 Gama; Joao........................................................................43 Ganapathy; V......................................................................48 Ganguly; Auroop R............................................................43 Gardner-Bonneau; Daryle Jean.........................................18 Garland; Daniel J.................................................................6 Gawron; Valerie J...............................................................13 Geller; E. Scott...................................................................31 Ghiocel; Dan M..................................................................60 Ghiocel; Dan M..................................................................61 Ghosh; Anindya.................................................................88 Giles; Timothy....................................................................37 Ginzburg; Vladimir B........................................................76 Glendon; A. Ian..................................................................30 Godish; Thad.....................................................................23 Gordon; S...........................................................................92 Gotoh; Fumio.....................................................................47 Graban; Mark.....................................................................40

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 99

12/19/08 10:22:26 AM

For more information and a complete list Graupp; Patrick.................................................................15 Grech; Michelle Rita..........................................................13 Griffin; Roger D.................................................................26 Groza; Joanna R................................................................85 Grudzewski; Wieslaw M.....................................................22 Grunden; Naida.................................................................41 Guastello; Stephen J.............................................................5 Guebitz; Georg M...............................................................82 Gupta; B.............................................................................94 Gupta; Satyandra K............................................................84 Gur; Cemil Hakan..............................................................78 Gurevich; Vladimir............................................................34 Gustin; Joseph F.............................................................32,36 Gyi; Diane..........................................................................16

Author Index 100

h Hagland; Mark...................................................................41 Hall; I.H..............................................................................90 Hall; Steven E.....................................................................56 Halmos; George T...............................................................80 Hammar; Samuel P...........................................................23 Hancock; Peter A..................................................................6 Hanlon; Joseph F................................................................89 Hansen; Shirley J................................................................38 Harlock; S.C.......................................................................93 Haslegrave; Christine M.....................................................20 Hastings; Kevin J................................................................43 Hedge; Alan........................................................................12 Hejduk; Irena K..................................................................22 Hekkert; Paul.....................................................................16 Helander; Martin.................................................................4 Helton; William S................................................................7 Hendrick; Hal................................................................12,19 Heragu; Sunderesh S.........................................................37 Hess-Kosa; Kathleen...........................................................24 Hill; Gerard M...............................................................53,54 Hillson; David....................................................................55 Hilyer; Barbara...................................................................28 Hirano; Hiroyuki...........................................................70,72 Hirata; Thomas T...............................................................60 Hitchiner; Mike..................................................................78 Hodges; Norman A.............................................................90 Hoel; Helge.........................................................................21 Holman; J. P.......................................................................36 Hooey; Becky L.....................................................................6 Hoover; Mark D..................................................................26 Hopkin; V. David..................................................................6 Horberry; Tim....................................................................13 Hornick; Richard J.............................................................19 Hosnedl; Stanislav.............................................................16 Hsieh; Y.L............................................................................92 Hu; Jinlian.........................................................................91 Hu; Jinlian.........................................................................94 Humphreys; Kenneth K.................................................55,56 Hunt; Brian........................................................................21 Hussey; James M................................................................56 Hyatt; Nigel........................................................................61 Hybertson; Duane W...........................................................66

i Inasaki; Ichiro...................................................................78 Inc.; Milacron....................................................................79 Ivergard; Toni....................................................................21

j Jacko; Julie A......................................................................10 Jackson; Mark J..................................................................87 Jain; Joti Lal.......................................................................42 Jamshidi; Mo......................................................................67 Japan Institute of Plant Maintenance..........................47,51 Jardine; Andrew K.S...........................................................62 Jelinek; James.....................................................................81 Jimmerson; Cindy..............................................................38 Johnson; Arthur T...............................................................11 Jonasson; Hans...................................................................54 Jordan; Patrick W...............................................................17 Joshi; M..............................................................................94

k Kaminskiy; Mark...............................................................63 Kamrani; Ali K...................................................................36 Kanarek; Marty S...............................................................25 Karch, MD, FFFLM; Steven B........................................24,27 Kartje; Paula S.....................................................................8 Karwowski; Waldemar.................................................4,9,14 Kayihan; Ferhan................................................................82 Keates; Simeon...................................................................17 Keller; Paul A.....................................................................63 Kelsey; Robert J..................................................................89 Khan; Shoaib.....................................................................34 Khurana; Vijay Kumar.......................................................50 King; Paul..........................................................................16 King; Peter L......................................................................71 Kliem, PMP; Ralph L.........................................................54 Klir; George J......................................................................46 Knight; Winston A.........................................................77,86 Koc; M................................................................................84 Koester; Thomas................................................................13 Kott; Alexander...................................................................41 Kozlowski; Ryszard............................................................82 Krippendorff; Klaus............................................................20 Kritzinger; Duane................................................................5 Krivtsov; Vasiliy..................................................................63 Kroemer; Karl H.E..............................................................12 Kroemer; Karl H.E..............................................................21 Kumar; Sameer..................................................................71 Kumar; Shrawan............................................................3,27 Kumashiro; Masaharu.......................................................22 Kunio; Shirose...................................................................51

l Lane; Greg..........................................................................74 Latino; Kenneth C..............................................................35 Latino; Robert J.............................................................35,40 Lavernia; Enrique J............................................................85 Lee; Dong Sun....................................................................89 Lee; Eva K...........................................................................44 Lee; John D...........................................................................8 Lee; Sunggyu.....................................................................83

Leflar; James......................................................................50 Legge; Gordon E..................................................................9 Leung; Joseph Y-T...............................................................42 Levine; William S...............................................................33 Levinson; William A...........................................................69 Leyzerovich; Alexander S...................................................50 Liker; Jeffrey K...............................................................69,75 Lim; Gino J....................................................................36,44 Lin; Yi.................................................................................46 Liou; Frank W.....................................................................69 Lloyd; Peter........................................................................16 Locher; Drew A...................................................................76 Lombardi; Max H...............................................................32 Long; A C............................................................................82 Lorenzoni; A.B....................................................................33 Loveless; Don.....................................................................84 Luck; Rachael....................................................................16 Lueder; Rani......................................................................18

m Madou; Marc J....................................................................87 Magrab; Edward B.............................................................84 Maiello; Mark L..................................................................26 Maier; Mark W....................................................................65 Marinescu; Ioan D........................................................77,78 Marras; William S...........................................................5,14 Martin; H. Lee....................................................................35 Martin; James N.................................................................67 Mascheroni; Rodolfo H......................................................86 Mattila; H. R.......................................................................93 Mavris; Dimitri N...............................................................64 Mazumdar; Dipak..............................................................79 Mazumdar; Sanjay............................................................83 McCarley; Jason S..............................................................11 McCluskey; F. Patrick.........................................................84 McConnell; John S.............................................................91 McDermott; Robin.............................................................59 McDonagh; Deana.............................................................16 McDonnell; Janet...............................................................16 McEneaney; William M.....................................................41 McKenna; Eugene F...........................................................30 McKeown; Céline...............................................................22 Meade; David.....................................................................71 Meyer; Urs B.......................................................................53 Mikulak; Raymond J..........................................................59 Miller; Dennis P..................................................................53 Miller; J. David...................................................................25 Miltenburg; John...............................................................80 Modarres; Mohammad.................................................45,63 Mohanty; Sri Gopal............................................................42 Molnar; Lisa J.......................................................................8 Montorio; Marco................................................................67 Morgan; James...................................................................75 Mossman; Kenneth L.........................................................26 Mouloua; Mustapha............................................................6 Mujumdar; Arun S.............................................................84 Muuss, CPP; James P..........................................................36

n Nachlas; Joel A...................................................................45 Nembhard; David A............................................................15

In North & South America Tel: 1-800-272-7737 • Fax: 1-800-374-3401 (Outside the U.S.) Tel: 1-561-994-0555 • Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 100

12/19/08 10:22:26 AM

o f t i t l e s , v i s i t u s a t w w w. c r c p r e s s . c o m Ross; Alastair......................................................................27 Ross; Joel E.........................................................................62 Rowe; W. Brian...................................................................78 Rudnev; Valery I.................................................................84

Sachs; Neville W.................................................................49 Salas; Eduardo...................................................................12 Samson; Robert A..............................................................25 Sandborn; Peter.................................................................84 Sankowska; Anna...............................................................22 Sarker; Ruhul A.................................................................44 Sataloff; Joseph..................................................................31 Sataloff; Robert Thayer......................................................31 Sauser; Brian.....................................................................67 Scheinkopf; Lisa J..............................................................81 Schilling; Edward G...........................................................59 Schneid; Thomas D...........................................................27 Schroll; R. Craig................................................................38 Schulte; Margaret..............................................................39 Scott; David M....................................................................48 Scott; Patricia Anne...........................................................21 Sears; Andrew.....................................................................10 Sen; Ashish Kumar............................................................91 Shackelford; James F..........................................................85 Sharit; Joseph.....................................................................17 Shatkin; Jo Anne................................................................26 Shi; Jianjun........................................................................64 Shingo; Shigeo...................................................................81 Shishoo; Roshan................................................................94 Shiver; John M...................................................................40 Silva Bartolo; Paulo Jorge da............................................69 Silverstein; David...............................................................80 Singh; D.K..........................................................................68 Singh; Nanua.....................................................................63 Singhal; Suren..............................................................60,61 Sirok; Brane.......................................................................86 Slocum; Michael................................................................80 Smalley; Art........................................................................82 Smith; Roland...................................................................70 Sobek II.; Durward K.........................................................82 Soedel; Werner...................................................................50 Sorrentino; Joseph.............................................................54 Stanton; Neville ................................................................12 Stephanidis; Constantine...................................................11 Stephenson; David A..........................................................78 Stevens; K...........................................................................94 Stevens; Renee...................................................................65 Stidham Jr.; Shaler.............................................................43 Story; Molly Follette...........................................................19 Sule; Dileep R....................................................................38 Sule; Dileep R....................................................................45 Sun; Da-Wen......................................................................83 Suri; Rajan.........................................................................75 Suzuki; Tokutaro...............................................................51

Ohno; Taiichi.....................................................................76 Oldfield; Kenneth...............................................................28 Omachonu; Vincent K.......................................................62 Omitaomu; Olufemi A.......................................................43 O’Neill; Michael J...............................................................22 Ortiz; Chris A......................................................................52 O’Sullivan; Leonard.............................................................3

p, Q Pal; Harinder.....................................................................88 Palazoglu; Ahmet.........................................................82,85 Pan; Jiansheng...................................................................78 Papadakis; Emmanuel P...................................................61 Paradis; Paul.....................................................................19 Patanaik; Asis.....................................................................88 Pecht; Michael...................................................................62 Perez-Quinones; Manuel...................................................11 Peters; Barbara J...........................................................29,40 Peters; George A............................................................29,40 Peterson; James..................................................................70 Pheasant; Stephen.............................................................20 Piergiovanni; Luciano.......................................................89 Popendorf; William...........................................................25 Powers; Michael T..............................................................85 Price; Camille C.................................................................43 Pries; Kim H.......................................................................57 Proctor; Robert W...............................................................13 Productivity Press.........................................................46,70 Productivity Press Development Team.............. 49,70,71-75 Pyla; Pardha......................................................................11 Pyzdek; Thomas.................................................................63 Quigley; Jon M...................................................................57

r Rabern, CPP; David...........................................................36 Rahman; A.........................................................................24 Rai; Bharatendra K............................................................63 Rantanen; Kalevi...............................................................81 Ravindran; A. Ravi.............................................................44 Rayaprolu; Kumar.............................................................47 Rebovich, Jr.; George..........................................................65 Reese; Charles D......................................................28,29,31 Regan; Michael A.................................................................8 Reid; Fraser........................................................................16 Rekus; John F.....................................................................24 Rengasamy; R.S.................................................................88 Reyes-Picknell; James........................................................52 Rice; Valerie J. Berg............................................................18 Robert; Yves........................................................................42 Robertson; Gordon L..........................................................88 Robinson; Patricia A..........................................................33 Rogers; Wendy A.................................................................17 Romagnoli; Jose A..............................................................85

t Taha; Hamdy.....................................................................45 Taisch; Marco.....................................................................67 Tajiri; Masaji......................................................................47 Tel-A-; Train.......................................................................70

Theobald; Nigel.................................................................90 Thibault; Ray.....................................................................49 Thoben; Klaus-Dieter.........................................................67 Thomas; Marlin U.............................................................66 Thumann; Albert..........................................................37,49 Tolfree; David.....................................................................87 Tompkins; Dean T..............................................................25 Tsang; Albert H.C...............................................................62 Tungare: Manas.................................................................11 Tweedy; James T.................................................................29

u, v Uhlmann; Eckart..........................................................77,78 Ujiie; H...............................................................................92 van Erp; Jeroen..................................................................16 Vargas; Ricardo Viana........................................................56 Vatsavai; Ranga Raju........................................................43 Veasey; Alan........................................................................28 Vidulich; Michael A..............................................................6 Vincenzi; Dennis A...............................................................6 Visser; Willemien..................................................................7 Vivien; Frederic..................................................................42

w, x Wallace; Brendan...............................................................27 Wang; John X.....................................................................35 Wantuchowicz; Monika.....................................................22 Waters; T F.........................................................................68 Weber Marin; Andrea K......................................................53 Weerdmeester; Bernard........................................................3 Weinger; Matthew Bret.......................................................18 Wertz; Keith........................................................................30 White; Brian E....................................................................65 Wickens; Christopher D.....................................................11 Wiklund; Michael E...........................................................18 Wilcox; Stephen B..............................................................18 Wilson, Ph.D.; Charles L....................................................89 Wilson; John R...................................................................11 Wilusz; E............................................................................93 Winder; Belinda.................................................................90 Winters; Jack M..................................................................19 Wise; John A.........................................................................6 Wogalter; Michael..............................................................12 Wood; John Edward...........................................................19 Wrona; Robert J..................................................................15

Author Index

Neubauer; Dean V..............................................................59 Newbold; Robert C.............................................................57 Newton; Charles S..............................................................44 Ng; S.P................................................................................93 Nikolaidis; Efstratios.....................................................60,61 Nunnally; Brian K..............................................................91

101

y, z Yahia; Elhadi M.................................................................89 Yam; Kit L...........................................................................89 Young; Kristie.......................................................................8 Younger; William J.............................................................37 Youssef; Helmi A.................................................................78 Yu; W...................................................................................93 Zambruski; Michael S........................................................58 Zandin; K. B.......................................................................80 Zandt; Trisha Van...............................................................13 Zapf; Dieter.........................................................................21 Zhang; Y.M.........................................................................79 Zhou; Y...............................................................................87 Zurawski; Richard.............................................................35

Rest of the World Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 • Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK) uk.trade@tandf.co.uk • (International) international@tandf.co.uk

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 101

12/19/08 10:22:27 AM

plc

CRC Press • Taylor & Francis • Chapman & Hall/CRC • Auerbach Publications • Productivity Press

Visit us online at

www.crcpress.com

In the Americas Sales Office - CRC Press 6000 Broken Sound Parkway, NW, Suite 300, Boca Raton, FL 33487, U.S.A. Within the Continental USA - Tel: 800-272-7737 • Fax: 800-374-3401 • orders@taylorandfrancis.com Outside the Continental USA - Tel: 561-994-0555 • Fax: 561-361-6018 • international.orders@taylorandfrancis.com

Senior Vice President of Sales

Dennis Weiss Tel: 561-998-2510 Fax: 561-998-2580 e-mail: dennis.weiss@taylorandfrancis.com

Customer Service

Sales Agents

Angela Williams Tel: 800-272-7737 ext. 6091 Fax: 800-374-3401 e-mail: angela.williams@taylorandfrancis.com

Michael Dulisse Tel: 561-998-2582 Fax: 561-361-6049 e-mail: michael.dulisse@taylorandfrancis.com

Academic Sales

Premium/Custom Sales

Retail Bookstores

Library/Medical Wholesalers

Subsidiary Rights Sales

Ryan Prior Tel: 561-998-2516 Fax: 561-361-6049 e-mail: ryan.prior@taylorandfrancis.com

Susie Carlisle Tel: 561-998-2538 Fax: 561-361-6049 e-mail: susie.carlisle@taylorandfrancis.com

Evelyn Elias Tel: 561-361-6010 Fax: 561-361-6049 e-mail: evelyn.elias@taylorandfrancis.com

Jennifer Strong Tel: 212-216-7851 Fax: 212-244-1563 e-mail: jennifer.strong@taylorandfrancis.com

Milton Park Sales Office - Taylor & Francis Group (Books Ltd) 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 4RN, UK

Group Sales Director

Academic Representatives (UK)

Christoph Chesher Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6194 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 e-mail: christoph.chesher@tandf.co.uk

Tim Page Higher Education Sales Manager Mobile: 07824 690646 e-mail: tim.page@tandf.co.uk

International Sales Director Graham Crossley Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6048 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 e-mail: graham.crossley@tandf.co.uk

Head of UK Sales Nick Perry Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6132 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 e-mail: nick.perry@tandf.co.uk

Corporate and Institutional Sales Alfred Lea Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6273 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 e-mail: cis@tandf.co.uk

102

Latin American Sales

UK Sales Administrator Judith Cavell Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6191 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 e-mail: judith.cavell@tandf.co.uk

Central and South America and Mexico Michael Dulisse Sales Office, Boca Raton, FL Taylor & Francis 6000 Broken Sound Parkway, NW, Suite 300, Boca Raton, FL 33487, USA Tel: 561-998-2582 Fax: 561-361-6049 e-mail: michael.dulisse@taylorandfrancis.com Ethan E. Atkin Cranbury International LLC 7 Clarendon Ave, Suite 2 Montpelier, VT 05602, USA Tel: +1 802 223 6565 Fax: +1 802 223 6824 e-mail: eatkin@cranburyinternational.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 102

China Liaison Office

Yan Pei Manager Taylor & Francis Room 523 European and Japanese Enquiries Resource Building No. 151 North Street Zhongguancun Lucy Astone Beijing, China 100080 International Sales Support Coordinator P.O. Box: 8762 Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6149 Tel/Fax: +86 (10) 58876523 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 e-mail: yanpei@tandf.co.sg e-mail: lucy.astone@tandf.co.uk

International Enquiries Kate Pearce International Sales Support Manager (Books) Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6053 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 e-mail: kate.pearce@tandf.co.uk

South Asian, Middle Eastern and African Enquiries

Foreign Rights

Adele Parker e-mail: adele.parker@tandf.co.uk

Customer Services Taylor & Francis Bookpoint 130 Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 4SB Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail (UK): uktrade@tandf.co.uk e-mail (internationally): international@tandf.co.uk www.hodderheadline.co.uk/Bookpoint

Standing Orders

If you would like to receive books on our improved preselective standing order system, or if you would like to have further information about this service, please contact your area manager or Customer Services Department.

Exhibitions Katie Gilbert Exhibitions Manager Tel: 020 7017 6310 e-mail: katie.gilbert@tandf.co.uk

Reanna Young International Sales Support Coordinator Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6114 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 e-mail: reanna.young@tandf.co.uk

Caribbean and The West Indies

New Zealand

Middle East and North Africa

Jasmina Basic Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6187 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 e-mail: jasmina.basic@tandf.co.uk

Macmillan Publishers NZ Ltd Victoria Johnson 6 Ride Way, Albany, Auckland, NZ Tel: +64 9414 0350 Fax: +64 9414 0357 e-mail: vicki@macmillan.co.nz

Australasia

Australia and New Zealand

Jasmina Basic Area Sales Manager – Middle East and Africa Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6187 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 e-mail: jasmina.basic@tandf.co.uk Zoe Kaviani IPS (Middle East) Ltd P.O. Box 27533 Dubai, UAE Tel: +971 4 282 8801 Fax: +971 4 282 8804 e-mail: itpme@emirates.net.ae Website: http://www.ipsme.com

Kate Pearce Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6053 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 e-mail: kate.pearce@tandf.co.uk

Australia Palgrave Macmillan Level 1, 15-19 Claremont Street, South Yarra Melbourne, Vic 3141, Australia Tel: +61 3 9825 1111 Fax: +61 3 9825 1010 e-mail: palgrave@macmillan.com.au www.palgravemacmillan.com.au

CRC Press and Marcel Dekker only Libraries may wish to order from their local bookseller, Palgrave Macmillan or DA Information Services Pty Ltd 648 Whitehorse Road, Mitcham Victoria, Australia Tel: +61 3 9210 7804 Fax: +61 3 9210 7788 www.dadirect.com.au

Australia Europa Publications (non-exclusive) James Bennett 3 Narabang Way, Belrose, NSW 2085 Australia Tel: +02 9986 7064 Fax: +02 9986 7030 www.bennett.com.au

Rest of Africa Jasmina Basic Area Sales Manager – Middle East and Africa Milton Park Sales Office

12/19/08 10:22:28 AM

Nigeria

Korea

Europe

England and Wales

Chinke Ojiji Publishers Support Services Ltd Plot 2 Adewunmi Estate Oregun Road (Near First Bank Oregun) PO Box 9270, Ikeja, Lagos State Tel: +234 1 774 1073 Fax: +234 1 493 0419 e-mail: chinkeojiji@yahoo.co.uk

Se-Yung Jun ICK (Information & Culture Korea) 473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku Seoul, Korea 121-842 Tel: +82 2 3141-4791 Fax: +82 2 3141-7733 e-mail: cs.ick@ick.co.kr

Peter Havinga European Sales Manager A. Hofmanweg 5a, 2031 BH Haarlem The Netherlands Tel: +31 (0) 23 750 5730 Fax: +31 (0) 23 750 5701 Mobile: +31 (0) 6 515 69560 e-mail: peter.havinga@tandf.co.uk

London (East, Northwest, North) and Eastern England

Botswana

For all Taylor & Francis Group imprints please order from our Singapore Sales Office Singapore Sales Office Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific 240 Macpherson Road #08–01 Pines Industrial Building Singapore 348574 Tel: +65 6741 5166 Fax: +65 6742 9356 e-mail: sales@tandf.com.sg

Belgium, The Netherlands, France and Luxembourg

Southern England

South Africa, Namibia, Lesotho and Swaziland Michelle Symington Book Promotions Ltd BMD Office Park, 108 De Waal Road Diep River, 7800 Cape Town South Africa Tel: +27 21 707 5700 General Fax: +27 21 707 5795 Orders Fax: +27 21 707 5794 e-mail: msymingtom@bookpro.co.za

South Asia Ryan Cooper Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 e-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk

India Taylor & Francis Books India Pvt Ltd. 912 Tolstoy House 15-17, Tolstoy Marg New Delhi 110 001 Tel: +91 (0) 11 2371 2131 +91 (0) 11 2335 1453 Fax: +91 (0) 11 2371 2132 e-mail: tandfindia@airtelbroadband.in

Pakistan M. Anwer Iqbal Book Bird Mian Chambers, 3 Temple Road PO Box 518, Lahore, Pakistan Tel: +92 42 636 7275 Fax: +92 42 636 1370 e-mail: bookbird@brain.net.pk

Sri Lanka Nirosha Saravanapavan e-mail: niroshas@sltnet.lk Mobile: 0094 714 750911

Japan Hans Van Ess Book Sales and Marketing Executive Taylor & Francis Group 7F Koshin Bldg. 2-23-4 Kanda-Jimbocho Chiyoda, Tokyo 101-0051, Japan Tel: +81 (0) 3 5848 7061 Mobile: +81 (0) 80 5426 3552 e-mail: hans.vaness@informa.com United Publishers Services Limited 1-32-5 Higashi-shinagawa Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 140-0002 Tel: +81 (0) 3 5479 7251 Fax: +81 (0) 3 5479 7307 e-mail: info@ups.co.jp Editorial Office Takahiko Kaneko Edition Synapse Yamaguchi Bldg. 3F 2-8-5 Uchikanda Chiyoda-Ku, Tokyo 101 0047, Japan Tel: +81 (0) 3 5296 9186 Fax: +81 (0) 3 3252 1822 e-mail: edsynapse@nifty.ne.jp

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 103

Hong Kong and Vietnam

Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director Singapore Sales Office e-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg

Singapore, Philippines and Indonesia

Francis Chua, Sales Manager Singapore Sales Office e-mail: francis.chua@tandf.com.sg

Thailand

Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific Tel: +66 (2) 6427954-6 ext. 406 Fax: +66 (2) 6427677 Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director e-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg Nonglak Sawaithong, Sales Executive e-mail: s.nonglak@tandf.com.sg

Malaysia and Brunei

David Yeong General Manager Taylor & Francis Publishing Services Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific No. 23-2, Jalan PJS 8/18 Dataran Mentari, 46150 Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia Tel: +60 (3) 5630 1361 Fax: +60 (3) 5360 1732 Mobile: +60 (0) 16 331 9912 e-mail: david.yeong@tandf.com.sg

Taiwan

Taylor & Francis Asia Pacific Tel: +886 (2) 2578 6106 ext.125 Fax: +886 (2) 2578 6507 Mobile: +886 (9) 7216 9672 Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director e-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg Raymond Hsu, Sales Executive e-mail: raymond.hsu@tandf.com.sg

China

Taylor & Francis Room 903, Resource Building No.151 North Street Zhongguancun, Beijing, China 100080 Tel/Fax: +86 (10) 58876523 Jeffrey Lim, Books Sales Director e-mail: jeffrey.lim@tandf.com.sg Cynthia Ji, Sales & Marketing Executive e-mail: cynthia.ji@tandf.com.sg

Israel and the Palestinian Territories Ryan Cooper Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 e-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk and Rodney Franklin Franklin’s International PO BOX 3772 7, Tel Aviv 61376, Israel Tel: +972 356 00724 Fax: +972 356 00479 e-mail: rodneyf@netvision.net.il

Liza Walraven Sales Representative A. Hofmanweg 5a, 2031 BH Haarlem The Netherlands Tel: 0031 (0) 23 750 5731 Fax: 0031 (0) 23 750 5701 Mobile: 0031 (0) 6 238 49668 e-mail: liza.walraven@informa.com

Greece Ryan Cooper Area Sales Manager Milton Park Sales Office Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6113 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6748 e-mail: ryan.cooper@tandf.co.uk

Nordic Countries Keith Gray Sales Representative Taylor & Francis Group c/o IBC Euroforum Blegdamsvej 104A, 2100 Copenhagen ø Denmark Tel: +45 4195 1428 Mobile: +45 6064 8041 e-mail: keith.gray@informa.com

Nordic Countries Sara Pellijeff Sales Representative Taylor & Francis Group Kungsbroplan 3A, Box 7022 112 27 Stockholm, Sweden Tel: +46 (0)8 440 80 58 Fax: + 46 (0)8 587 662 40 Mobile: +46 (0) 709 965 860 e-mail: sara.pellijeff@informa.com

Germany, Austria and Switzerland Eva Kneissl Area Sales Manager

Daphne Edwards Area Representative Mobile: 07802 536 233 Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6259 e-mail: daphne.edwards@tandf.co.uk

Oxfordshire, West Midlands and South Wales John Blake Area Representative Mobile: 07889 263 857 Fax: 01242 228 691 e-mail: john.blake@tandf.co.uk

North and Northwest England Lucy Greaves Area Representative Mobile: 07860 633156 Fax: 01663 746682 e-mail: lucy.greaves@tandf.co.uk

London (EC, SE, SW, W and WC) Charlotte Westgate Area Representative Mobile: 07917 648040 e-mail: charlotte.westgate@tandf.co.uk

Scotland and North of England To be confirmed. Please contact: Nick Perry Area Representative Tel: +44 (0) 20 7017 6132 Fax: +44 (0) 20 7017 6732 e-mail: nick.perry@tandf.co.uk

Ireland and Northern Ireland Conor Graham / Michael Darcy Brookside Publishing Services 2 Brookside, Dundrum Road, Dublin 14 Tel: 00 353 1 298 9937 Fax: 00 353 1 298 7912 e-mail: sales@brookside.ie

(Maternity leave cover for Gabriela Mauch)

Library Supply

Spain, Portugal, and Italy

Nigel Berkeley Library Supply and London Key Accounts Manager Mobile: 07795 968206 e-mail: nigel.berkeley@tandf.co.uk

Mobile: +49 (0) 173905 9469 e-mail: eva.kneissl@informa.com

Philip Veysey Area Sales Manager Príncipe de Vergara 109, 28002 Madrid, Spain Tel: +34 91 700 0688 Fax: +34 91 141 2304 Mobile: +34 68 777 3678 e-mail: philip.veysey@informa.com

Eastern Europe

Sales Agents

Carlson Moilwa Sales Manager Book Promotions/Horizon Books Botswana Gaborone International Finance Park Plot 113-114, Unit 33, Kgale Mews 2, Suite 3 Gaborone, Botswana Tel: + 267 392 4901 Fax: + 267 392 4908 e-mail: crm@vbn.co.bw

East and Southeast Asia

Bob Davis Senior Area Representative Mobile: 07889 263 856 Fax: 01621 819 833 e-mail: bob.davis@tandf.co.uk

103

Online Retailers Rod Abraham Assistant UK Sales Manager Mobile: 07860 380 814 Fax: 01372 273 744 e-mail: rod.abraham@tandf.co.uk

Marek Lewinson (Humanities and Social Sciences) Bohaterewicza 3/45 03-982 Warsaw, Poland Tel/fax: +48 (0) 22 6714819 Mobile: +48 (0) 602 707 037 e-mail: mlewinso@it.com.pl Radek Janousek (Science and Technology) Pod Nouzovem 972/21 197 00 Prague, Czech Republic Tel: +42 (0) 28 658 49888 Mobile: +42 (0) 602294014 e-mail: radek@mareklewinson.com

12/19/08 10:22:28 AM

ORDER FORM 1

BILL TO Name_____________________________________________________________

Name_____________________________________________________________

Title______________________________________________________________

Organization________________________________________________________

Address___________________________________________________________

City________________________________State/Province___________________

Country__________________________ Zip/Postal Code____________________

Daytime Phone (

)_____________________ Fax ( (Required to Process Order)

)__________________

e-Mail Address______________________________________________________

Order Form 104

SHIP TO (Fill in only if different than box 1)

)_____________________ Fax (

)__________________

e-Mail Address______________________________________________________

Please send me the following: ISBN NO.

QUANTITY

TITLE

PRICE EACH

TOTAL PRICE

Subtotal

Method of Payment

Tax o I’ve enclosed check #_____________________ payable to CRC Press LLC

Shipping Charges

o Bill My Company (Purchase Order Attached) o Please Charge to: o MasterCard

o VISA

Order Total

o American Express

CARD NO.

Exp. Date MO.

Sec. Code YR.

Signature _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Phone Number _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ (Signature and Phone Number Required to Process Order)

SHIPPING AND HANDLING Region Delivery Time First Title Additional Title For expedited USA (continental) 3-5 days $4.99 $1.99 shipping, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico 4-5 days $14.99 $2.99 call your nearest Canada 3-7 days $7.99 $1.99 CRC PRESS Latin America varies by region $9.99 $2.99 office Rest of the World varies by region call for pricing

Ordering Locations Rest of the World: In the Americas: CRC PRESS / BOOKPOINT CRC PRESS

PO Box 409267 Atlanta, GA 30384-9267 Tel: 1-800-634-7064 Fax: 1-800-248-4724 From Outside the Continental U.S. Tel: 1-561-994-0555 Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

CATHFI_K00167_2009 Cat.indd 104

130 Milton Park Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 4SB, UK Tel: +44 (0) 1235 400 524 Fax: +44 (0) 1235 400 525 e-mail: (UK): uk.trade@tandf.co.uk (Int’l): international@tandf.co.uk

Corporate Offices CRC PRESS CRC PRESS UK

6000 Broken Sound Parkway, NW, Suite 300 Albert House, 4th floor Boca Raton, FL 33487, USA 1 - 4 Singer Street Tel: 1-800-272-7737 London EC2A 4BQ Fax: 1-800-374-3401 UK From Outside the Continental U.S. Tel: 44 (0) 20 7017 6000 Tel: 1-561-994-0555 Fax: 44 (0) 20 7017 6747 Fax: 1-561-361-6018 e-mail: enquiries@crcpress.com e-mail: orders@taylorandfrancis.com

www.crcpress.com

12/19/08 10:22:29 AM

Biomedical Science and Engineering Catalog no. CATBMS • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3866-3

Business, Management and Public Administration Catalog no. CATBMP • ISBN: 978-0-8493-9175-0

Chemistry and Chemical Engineering Catalog no. CATSPC • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3867-0

Civil and Mechanical Engineering Catalog no. CATMCE • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3880-9

Computer Science and Information Technology Catalog no. CATITB • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3878-6

Electrical Engineering Catalog no. CATEEC • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3869-4

Environmental Science and Engineering Catalog no. CATEVE • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3874-8

Food Science and Nutrition

INVITATION TO AUTHORS

Catalog no. CATFSN • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3876-2

Forensic Science, Law Enforcement, and Homeland Security

John Lavender, Senior VP Publishing 561-994-0555 • john.lavender@taylorandfrancis.com

Catalog no. CATFSC • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3877-9

Human Factors and Ergonomics / Industrial Engineering and Manufacturing

To order, visit us online at

Catalog no. CATHFI • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3875-5

Mathematics and Statistics Catalog no. CATMTS • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3879-3

Nanoscience and Technology / CleanTech Catalog no. CATMSN • ISBN: 978-0-8493-3885-4

Physics / Materials Science Catalog no. CATPHY • ISBN: 978-0-8493-9176-7